RELEASE_NOTES revision 95154
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 1.1.1.12 2002/04/10 03:04:47 gshapiro Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
10	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
11		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
12		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
13		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
14		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
15		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
16		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
17		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
18		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
19		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
20		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
21		University.
22	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
23		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
24		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
25		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
26		of INTERMETA.
27	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
28		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
29	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
30		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
31	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
32		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
33		ActiveState.
34	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
35		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
36	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
37		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
38		Northern Illinois University.
39	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
40		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
41		of Dinoex.
42	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
43		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
44		Polytechnic Institute.
45	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
46		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
47		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
48	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
49		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
50		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
51	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
52		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
53	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
54		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
55	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
56		missing arguments.
57	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
58		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
59		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
60	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
61		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
62	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
63		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
64		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
65	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
66		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
67		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
68	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
69		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
70		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
71		of Concordia University.
72	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
73		found by Mario Nigrovic.
74	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
75		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
76		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
77		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
78	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
79		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
80		Elvers.
81	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
82		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
83		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
84		total number of TCP connections.
85	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
86		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
87		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
88	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
89		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
90	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
91		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
92		Texas.
93	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
94		to 451.
95	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
96		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
97		patch by Bryan Costales.
98	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
99		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
100	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
101		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
102		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
103		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
104		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
105		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
106		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
107		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
108	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
109		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
110		command).
111	Portability:
112		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
113			availble.
114		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
115			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
116			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
117			Skyrr.
118		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
119			noted by John Beck.
120		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
121		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
122			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
123	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
124		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
125		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
126	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
127		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
128		error.
129	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
130		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
131		Krzysztof Oledzki.
132	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
133		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
134	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
135		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
136	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
137		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
138		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
139		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
140		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
141		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
142	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
143		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
144		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
145		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
146		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
147		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
148		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
149		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
150	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
151		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
152		noted by John Beck.
153	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
154		if queue groups are used.
155	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
156	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
157	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
158		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
159	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
160	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
161		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
162		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter have both
163		this change, mixing versions may lead to wrong port
164		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
165		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
166	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
167		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
168		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
169	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
170		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
171		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
172	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
173		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
174		ldap_memfree().
175	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
176		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
177	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
178		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
179	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
180		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
181		San Francisco.
182	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
183	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
184		Joe Barbish.
185	New Files:
186		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
187
1888.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
189	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
190		at startup, only log an error message.
191	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
192		following -b) has been specified.
193	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
194		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
195		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
196	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
197		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
198		Regensburg.
199	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
200		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
201		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
202		Institute of Mining and Technology.
203	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
204		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
205		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
206	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
207		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
208		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
209	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
210		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
211		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
212	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
213		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
214		SMTP connections.
215	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
216		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
217		and Technology.
218	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
219		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
220		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
221		Meteorological Institute.
222	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
223		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
224		Online.
225	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
226		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
227		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
228		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
229		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
230		types, respectively.
231	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
232		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
233		of Virginia Tech.
234	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
235		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
236		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
237	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
238		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
239	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
240		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
241	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
242		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
243		of Vienna.
244	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
245		of Sun Microsystems.
246	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
247		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
248		with servers that do not support realms when using
249		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
250	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
251		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
252		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
253	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
254		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
255		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
256	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
257	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
258		instead of forcing localhost.
259	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
260		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
261	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
262		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
263	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
264		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
265		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
266		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
267		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
268	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
269		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
270	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
271		Compaq Computer Corp.
272	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
273		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
274		Tech.
275	Portability:
276		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
277			patch provided by HP.
278		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
279			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
280		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
281			Sachin of Siemens.
282		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
283		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
284			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
285			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
286			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
287		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
288			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
289		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
290			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
291		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
292			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
293			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
294			Hewlett-Packard.
295		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
296			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
297			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
298		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
299			Virginia Tech.
300		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
301			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
302		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
303			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
304	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
305		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
306		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
307	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
308		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
309	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
310		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
311		Florida.
312	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
313		Altin Waldmann.
314	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
315		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
316		Hewlett-Packard.
317	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
318		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
319		of MSFU.
320	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
321		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
322		Institute.
323	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
324	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
325		to free memory twice.
326	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
327		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
328		of Sun Microsystems.
329	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
330		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
331		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
332		University of Athens.
333	New Files:
334		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
335		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
336		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
337		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
338		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
339		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
340		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
341		libsm/mpeix.c
342
3438.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
344	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
345		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
346		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
347		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
348		found by Michal Zalewski.
349	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
350		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
351		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
352		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
353	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
354		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
355	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
356		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
357		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
358	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
359		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
360		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
361	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
362		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
363		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
364		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
365		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
366	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
367		canonical name for a host.
368	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
369		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
370		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
371		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
372	Portability:
373		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
374			`uname` does not given complete information.
375			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
376			Aircraft Company.
377		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
378			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
379		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
380			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
381			Courtesan Consulting.
382	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
383		problems with potential misconfigurations.
384	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
385		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
386		Technology Organisation of Australia.
387	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
388		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
389		then use it.
390	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
391		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
392	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
393		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
394	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
395		and vacation.
396	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
397		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
398		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
399	New Files:
400		test/Build
401		test/Makefile
402		test/Makefile.m4
403		test/README
404		test/t_dropgid.c
405		test/t_setgid.c
406	Deleted Files:
407		include/sm/stdio.h
408		include/sm/sysstat.h
409
4108.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
411	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
412		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
413		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
414		default).  The installation process tries to install
415		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
416		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
417	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
418		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
419		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
420		flags:
421			GroupWritableForwardFile
422			WorldWritableForwardFile
423			GroupWritableIncludeFile
424			WorldWritableIncludeFile
425		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
426	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
427		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
428		(IdS).
429	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
430		point where the variable could become overused for more than
431		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
432		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
433		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
434		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
435	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
436		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
437		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
438		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
439		see sendmail/SECURITY.
440	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
441		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
442	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
443		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
444		sendmail/SECURITY.
445	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
446		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
447		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
448	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
449		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
450		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
451		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
452		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
453	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
454		command has been removed.
455	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
456		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
457	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
458		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
459		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
460		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
461	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
462		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
463		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
464		supported.
465	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
466		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
467		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
468		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
469		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
470		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
471		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
472		creation rather than just before delivery.
473	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
474		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
475		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
476		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
477		preference matches (coattail).
478	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
479		try other MX hosts if available.
480	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
481		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
482	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
483		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
484		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
485	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
486	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
487		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
488		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
489		removed in future versions.
490	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
491		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
492	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
493		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
494		doc/op/op.me for details.
495	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
496		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
497		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
498		of the presented certificate, respectively.
499	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
500	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
501		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
502	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
503		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
504		enough on a per recipient basis.
505	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
506		for STARTTLS.
507	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
508		value "NOT".
509	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
510		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
511	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
512		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
513	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
514		really required.  This change results in a noticable
515		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
516		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
517	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
518		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
519	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
520		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
521		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
522		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
523		command line, then the value also limits the number of
524		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
525		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
526		by a queue run.
527	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
528		system each queue directory resides in.
529	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
530	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
531	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
532		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
533		collected together) to process the same work list at the
534		same time.
535	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
536		active queue runner processes.
537	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
538		runners per queue group.
539	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
540		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
541		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
542		of the queue that match during processing.
543	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
544		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
545		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
546		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
547		persistent queue runner.
548	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
549		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
550		sendmail -q15m).
551	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
552		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
553	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
554		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
555	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
556		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
557	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
558		of the qf file (older entries first).
559	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
560		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
561		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
562		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
563	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
564		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
565	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
566		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
567		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
568		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
569		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
570	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
571		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
572		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
573	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
574		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
575		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
576		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
577		details.
578	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
579		the number of entries in the queue(s).
580	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
581		and the usual documentation for details.
582	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
583	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
584		announced in 8.10.
585	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
586	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
587		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
588		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
589	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
590		-r (number of retries).
591	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
592		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
593		and value separated by the given separator.
594	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
595		to map class arith.
596	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
597		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
598	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
599		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
600	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
601		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
602		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
603	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
604		filenames with spaces).
605	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
606	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
607		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
608		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
609		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
610		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
611		to the loopback net.
612	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
613	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
614		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
615	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
616		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
617	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
618		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
619	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
620		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
621		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
622		Development Group.
623	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
624		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
625		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
626		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
627		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
628		load average is exceeded.
629	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
630		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
631		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
632		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
633		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
634	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
635	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
636	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
637		instead.
638	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
639		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
640	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
641		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
642		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
643	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
644		for direct (command line) submissions.
645	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
646		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
647		Hagino of the KAME Project.
648	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
649		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
650		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
651	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
652		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
653		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
654		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
655	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
656		before logging.
657	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
658		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
659	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
660	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
661		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
662		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
663	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
664		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
665		of the Universitat Regensburg.
666	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
667		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
668		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
669		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
670		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
671		See libsm/index.html for details.
672	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
673		care of by fork() and exit().
674	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
675		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
676		new and old (from new libsm).
677	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
678		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
679	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
680	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
681		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
682		synchronizations calls.
683	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
684	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
685	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
686		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
687	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
688		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
689		for details.
690	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
691		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
692		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
693		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
694	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
695		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
696		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
697	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
698		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
699		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
700		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
701		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
702		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
703		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
704	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
705		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
706	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
707		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
708	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
709		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
710		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
711		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
712		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
713		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
714		Urbana-Champaign.
715	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
716		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
717	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
718		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
719		connections.
720	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
721		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
722		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
723		cf/README.
724	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
725		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
726		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
727		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
728		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
729		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
730		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
731		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
732		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
733		example).
734	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
735		the default schema used in the above two items.
736	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
737		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
738		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
739	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
740		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
741		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
742	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
743		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
744		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
745		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
746		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
747	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
748		HELO/EHLO commands.
749	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
750		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
751		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
752		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
753		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
754		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
755		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
756	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
757		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
758		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
759		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
760		(verbose) command line option.
761	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
762		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
763		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
764		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
765	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
766		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
767		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
768	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
769		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
770		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
771	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
772		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
773		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
774		British Columbia.
775	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
776		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
777	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
778		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
779		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
780		if required.
781	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
782		class instead.
783	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
784		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
785		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
786		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
787	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
788		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
789	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
790		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
791		Nelson of IBM.
792	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
793		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
794		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
795		their defaults are:
796		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
797		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
798		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
799		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
800		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
801		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
802		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
803	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
804		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
805	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
806		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
807		Meteorological Institute.
808	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
809		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
810		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
811	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
812		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
813		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
814	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
815		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
816		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
817		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
818		See sendmail/README for further information.
819	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
820		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
821		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
822	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
823		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
824		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
825	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
826		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
827	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
828		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
829		flora.ca.
830	Portability:
831		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
832			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
833			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
834		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
835			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
836			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
837			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
838			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
839			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
840		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
841			Solaris 8 and later.
842		Add support for OpenUNIX.
843	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
844	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
845	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
846	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
847	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
848		temporary lookup failures.
849	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
850		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
851		or IP nets.
852	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
853		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
854		to get through.
855	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
856		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
857		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
858		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
859		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
860	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
861		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
862		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
863		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
864	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
865		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
866		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
867	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
868		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
869		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
870	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
871		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
872	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
873		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
874		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
875	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
876		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
877		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
878		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
879		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
880	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
881		cf/README for details.
882	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
883		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
884		University of Maryland.
885	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
886		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
887	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
888		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
889		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
890	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
891		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
892		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
893		Solving.
894	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
895		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
896	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
897		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
898	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
899		immediately.
900	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
901		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
902		See cf/README for details.
903	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
904		temporary lookup failures.
905	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
906		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
907	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
908		memory use.
909	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
910		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
911		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
912		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
913		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
914	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
915		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
916	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
917		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
918	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
919		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
920	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
921		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
922		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
923		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
924	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
925	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
926		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
927		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
928		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
929		additional details.
930	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
931		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
932		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
933		information.
934	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
935		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
936		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
937	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
938		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
939		recipients as user unknown.
940	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
941		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
942		section of cf/README for more information.
943	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
944		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
945		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
946	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
947		which takes the options as argument and can be used
948		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
949	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
950		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
951		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
952		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
953		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
954		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
955		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
956		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
957		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
958		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
959		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
960	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
961		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
962		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
963		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
964		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
965	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
966		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
967		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
968		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
969		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
970		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
971		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
972		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
973		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
974		doc/op/op.me for details.
975	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
976		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
977		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
978	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
979		dequote map.
980	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
981	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
982		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
983	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
984		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
985		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
986		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
987		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
988		This affects the access database as well as the
989		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
990	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
991	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
992	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
993		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
994		Mississippi State University.
995	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
996		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
997	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
998		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
999		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1000	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1001		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1002		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1003	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1004		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1005		systems which don't include cat directories.
1006	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1007	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1008		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1009		mailbox database type.
1010	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1011		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1012		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1013		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1014	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1015		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1016	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1017		instead of white space.
1018	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1019		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1020		Meteorological Institute.
1021	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1022	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1023		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1024	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1025		instead of syslog.
1026	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1027		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1028		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1029		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1030	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1031		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1032		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1033		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1034	New Directories:
1035		libmilter/docs
1036	New Files:
1037		cf/cf/README
1038		cf/cf/submit.cf
1039		cf/cf/submit.mc
1040		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1041		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1042		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1043		cf/feature/msp.m4
1044		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1045		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1046		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1047		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1048		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1049		cf/sendmail.schema
1050		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1051		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1052		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1053		editmap/*
1054		include/sm/*
1055		libsm/*
1056		libsmutil/cf.c
1057		libsmutil/err.c
1058		sendmail/SECURITY
1059		sendmail/TUNING
1060		sendmail/bf.c
1061		sendmail/bf.h
1062		sendmail/sasl.c
1063		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1064		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1065		sendmail/tls.c
1066	Deleted Files:
1067		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1068		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1069		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1070		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1071		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1072		include/sendmail/useful.h
1073		libsmutil/errstring.c
1074		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1075		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1076		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1077		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1078		sendmail/clock.c
1079	Renamed Files:
1080		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1081		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1082		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1083
10848.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1085	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1086		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1087		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1088	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1089		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1090		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1091		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1092		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1093	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1094		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1095		Werner Wiethege.
1096	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1097		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1098
10998.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1100	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1101		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1102		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1103		of SE Netway Communications.
1104	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1105		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1106	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1107		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1108		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1109		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1110	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1111		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1112	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1113		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1114		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1115		University College.
1116	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1117		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1118	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1119		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1120		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1121		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1122		University at Albany.
1123	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1124		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1125	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1126		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1127		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1128		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1129	Portability:
1130		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1131			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1132		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1133			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1134		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1135			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1136		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1137			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1138	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1139		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1140
11418.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1142	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1143		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1144		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1145		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1146		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1147		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1148	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1149		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1150		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1151	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1152		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1153		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1154	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1155		from Kenji Miyake.
1156	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1157		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1158	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1159		the same map again while exiting.
1160	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1161		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1162		of Tuebingen.
1163	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1164		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1165		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1166		Oklahoma State University.
1167	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1168		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1169		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1170	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1171		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1172		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1173		Morgan Stanley.
1174	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1175		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1176		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1177	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1178		from Werner Wiethege.
1179	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1180		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1181	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1182		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1183		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1184		Internet Services.
1185	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1186		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1187	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1188		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1189	Portability:
1190		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1191	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1192		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1193	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1194	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1195		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1196		Meteorological Institute.
1197	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1198		since it generates random process ids.
1199	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1200		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1201		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1202	New Files:
1203		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1204
12058.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1206	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1207		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1208		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1209		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1210	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1211		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1212		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1213		communications consulting gmbh.
1214	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1215		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1216	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1217		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1218		connection came in from the command line.
1219	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1220		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1221		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1222	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1223		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1224	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1225		when they were committed.
1226	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1227		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1228	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1229		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1230		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1231		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1232	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1233		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1234		University.
1235	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1236		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1237		accept() completes.
1238	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1239		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1240	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1241		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1242		Wellcome.
1243	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1244		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1245		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1246		University.
1247	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1248		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1249		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1250		University of New Brunswick.
1251	Portability:
1252		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1253			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1254			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1255		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1256			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1257		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1258			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1259			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1260		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1261			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1262			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1263	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1264		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1265	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1266		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1267	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1268		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1269		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1270		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1271		Institute.
1272	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1273		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1274		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1275	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1276		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1277	Renamed Files:
1278		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1279
12808.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1281	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1282		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1283		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1284		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1285		Schools" project (IdS).
1286	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1287		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1288		be enabled by compiling with:
1289		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1290		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1291		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1292	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1293		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1294	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1295		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1296		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1297		Colby College.
1298	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1299		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1300	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1301		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1302		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1303		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1304	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1305		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1306		NxNetworks, Inc.
1307	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1308		client name.
1309	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1310		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1311		the Universitat Regensburg.
1312	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1313		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1314		University of Arizona.
1315	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1316		of Collective Technologies.
1317	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1318		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1319		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1320		Engineering.
1321	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1322		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1323		Meteorological Institute.
1324	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1325		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1326	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1327		Meteorological Institute.
1328	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1329		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1330		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1331		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1332	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1333		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1334		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1335	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1336		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1337		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1338	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1339		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1340		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1341		counting.
1342	Portability:
1343		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1344			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1345			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1346		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1347			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1348		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1349			Rosenman.
1350		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1351			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1352		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1353			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1354			of Pacific Access.
1355		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1356			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1357		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1358			Microsystems.
1359	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1360		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1361		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1362	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1363		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1364	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1365		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1366	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1367		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1368	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1369		Virginia Tech.
1370	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1371		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1372		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1373	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1374	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1375		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1376		gmbh.
1377	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1378		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1379	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1380		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1381		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1382		of Kyoto University.
1383	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1384		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1385		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1386		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1387		version.
1388	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1389		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1390		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1391	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1392	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1393		or *-owner.
1394	New Files:
1395		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1396		contrib/buildvirtuser
1397		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1398
13998.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1400	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1401		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1402	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1403		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1404		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1405		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1406		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1407	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1408		wildcards.
1409	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1410		process may close the connection before the child process
1411		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1412		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1413		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1414	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1415		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1416	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1417		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1418		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1419		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1420	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1421		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1422		of EarthLink.
1423	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1424	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1425		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1426		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1427	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1428		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1429	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1430		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1431		Fournier of Acadia University.
1432	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1433		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
1434		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
1435		one of the others may be able to take over.
1436	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
1437		previous load average query result.
1438	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
1439		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
1440		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
1441		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1442	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
1443		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
1444	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
1445		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
1446		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1447	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
1448		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
1449	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
1450		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
1451		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
1452	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
1453		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
1454	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
1455		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
1456		University of British Columbia.
1457	Portability:
1458		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
1459			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
1460			override the setting.  Suggested by
1461			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
1462		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
1463			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
1464			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
1465		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
1466			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1467			College.
1468		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
1469			Tom Moore of NCR.
1470		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
1471			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
1472		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
1473			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
1474			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1475		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
1476			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
1477			Consulting.
1478	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
1479		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
1480	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
1481		errors in the MAIL address.
1482	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
1483		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
1484	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
1485		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1486	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
1487		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
1488		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
1489		Ericsson.
1490	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
1491		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
1492		mailer as described in cf/README.
1493	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
1494		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
1495	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
1496		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
1497	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
1498		sendmail.
1499	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1500		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1501		Meteorological Institute.
1502	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
1503	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
1504		dot as the only character on the line.
1505	New Files:
1506		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
1507
15088.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
1509	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
1510		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
1511		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
1512		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
1513		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
1514		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
1515		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1516	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
1517		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
1518		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
1519		Systems in this category should compile with
1520		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
1521		system and report broken implementations to
1522		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
1523		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
1524	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
1525		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
1526		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
1527	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
1528		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
1529		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
1530		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1531	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
1532		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
1533		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
1534		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
1535	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
1536		random data.
1537	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
1538		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
1539		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
1540	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
1541		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
1542		Martin of CMU.
1543	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
1544		strength factor.
1545	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
1546		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
1547		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
1548		of CMU.
1549	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
1550		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
1551		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
1552	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
1553		documented, unless a family is specified in a
1554		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
1555		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
1556		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
1557		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
1558		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
1559		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1560	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
1561		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
1562		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
1563		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
1564		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
1565		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1566	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
1567		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
1568		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
1569		of Sun Microsystems.
1570	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
1571		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
1572		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
1573		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
1574		the incoming information in the queue file for later
1575		delivery attempts.
1576	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
1577		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
1578		smoe.org.
1579	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
1580		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
1581		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1582	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
1583		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
1584	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
1585		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
1586		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
1587		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1588	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
1589		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
1590		Hedeland of Ericsson.
1591	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
1592		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
1593		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
1594		of Northern Illinois University.
1595	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
1596		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1597	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
1598		to kilobyte units.
1599	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
1600		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
1601		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
1602		Polytechnic.
1603	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
1604		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
1605		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
1606		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1607	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
1608		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
1609		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1610	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
1611		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1612	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
1613		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
1614		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
1615	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
1616		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
1617		G. Thomas Consulting.
1618	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
1619		port number (113).
1620	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
1621		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1622	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
1623		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
1624		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1625	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
1626		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
1627		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
1628		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1629	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
1630		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
1631		University of Mainz.
1632	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
1633		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
1634	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
1635		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
1636	Portability:
1637		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
1638			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
1639			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
1640		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
1641		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
1642			work properly causing problems if the accept()
1643			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
1644			from Tom Moore of NCR.
1645		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
1646			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
1647		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
1648			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
1649			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
1650			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
1651			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
1652	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
1653		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1654	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
1655		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
1656		confCACERT			CACERTFile
1657		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
1658		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
1659		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
1660		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
1661		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
1662		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
1663	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
1664		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
1665		cf/README for more information.
1666	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
1667	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
1668		called due to a STARTTLS command.
1669	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
1670		instead of temporary.
1671	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
1672		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
1673		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
1674		Consulting.
1675	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
1676		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
1677		RootsWeb.com.
1678	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
1679		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
1680		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
1681		University of Maryland.
1682	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
1683		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
1684	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
1685		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
1686		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
1687		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
1688		of the University of Alberta.
1689	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
1690		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
1691	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
1692	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
1693		of X.509 certificates.
1694	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
1695		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
1696		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
1697		Universitat Regensburg.
1698	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
1699		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1700	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
1701		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1702	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
1703		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1704	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
1705		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
1706		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
1707	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
1708		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
1709	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
1710		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
1711		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
1712		University.
1713	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
1714	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
1715		links.
1716	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
1717		reported.
1718	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
1719		Denman Tire Corporation.
1720	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
1721		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
1722	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
1723	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
1724		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
1725	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
1726		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
1727	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
1728		have a From line.
1729	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
1730		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
1731	Added Files:
1732		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
1733		contrib/cidrexpand
1734		contrib/link_hash.sh
1735		contrib/movemail.conf
1736		contrib/movemail.pl
1737		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
1738		test/t_snprintf.c
1739
17408.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
1741	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
1742		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
1743		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
1744		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
1745		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
1746	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
1747		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
1748	Added Files:
1749		test/t_setuid.c
1750
17518.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
1752	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
1753		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
1754		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
1755		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
1756		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
1757		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
1758	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
1759		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
1760	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
1761	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
1762		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
1763		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1764	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
1765		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
1766		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1767	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
1768		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
1769	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
1770	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
1771		or higher.
1772	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
1773		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
1774	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
1775	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
1776		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1777		Polytechnic Institute.
1778	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
1779		discards the message.
1780	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
1781		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
1782		attempted to the alias.
1783	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
1784		flag options.
1785	Portability:
1786		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
1787			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
1788			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
1789			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
1790			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1791		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
1792			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
1793		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
1794			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
1795		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
1796		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
1797			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
1798		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
1799			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
1800			Services, LLC.
1801		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
1802			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
1803			Courtesan Consulting.
1804		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
1805			Siemens Business Services.
1806	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
1807		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
1808		of WSRCC.
1809	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
1810	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
1811		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
1812	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
1813		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
1814	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
1815	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
1816		of NEC.
1817	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
1818		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
1819	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
1820		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
1821		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
1822		Virginia Tech.
1823	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
1824		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
1825		University.
1826	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
1827		for other internal projects but included in the open source
1828		release.
1829	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
1830		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
1831		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
1832		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
1833	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
1834		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
1835		Sendmail.
1836	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
1837		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
1838		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1839	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
1840		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
1841	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
1842		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
1843		Northern Illinois University.
1844	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
1845		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
1846		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
1847		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1848	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
1849		Polytechnique de Montreal.
1850	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
1851		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
1852		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
1853	Added Files:
1854		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
1855		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
1856	Deleted Files:
1857		contrib/converting.sun.configs
1858	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
1859		doc/intro
1860		doc/usenix
1861		doc/changes
1862
18638.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
1864	    *************************************************************
1865	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
1866	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
1867	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
1868	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
1869	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
1870	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
1871	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
1872	    * coach, and a friend.					*
1873	    *								*
1874	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
1875	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
1876	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
1877	    *************************************************************
1878	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
1879		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
1880		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
1881		symbolic link target.
1882	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
1883		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
1884		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1885	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
1886		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
1887		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
1888		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
1889		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
1890		version of sendmail.
1891	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
1892		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
1893		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1894		(IdS).
1895	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
1896		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
1897	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
1898		for easier code sharing among the programs.
1899	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
1900		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
1901		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
1902		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
1903		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
1904		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
1905	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
1906		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
1907		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
1908		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
1909	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
1910		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
1911		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
1912	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
1913		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
1914		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
1915	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
1916		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
1917		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
1918		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
1919		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
1920		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
1921	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
1922		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
1923		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
1924	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
1925		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
1926		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
1927		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
1928		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
1929		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
1930	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
1931		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
1932		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
1933		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
1934	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
1935		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
1936		accordingly.
1937	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
1938		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
1939		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
1940		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
1941		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
1942		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
1943		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
1944	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
1945		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
1946		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
1947		InCert Software.
1948	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
1949		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
1950		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
1951	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
1952		a control socket request.
1953	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
1954		settings:
1955		Timeout.resolver.retrans
1956			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
1957			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
1958			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
1959		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
1960			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
1961			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
1962		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
1963			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
1964			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
1965			delivery attempt.
1966		Timeout.resolver.retry
1967			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
1968			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
1969			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
1970		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
1971			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
1972			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
1973		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
1974			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
1975			query for all resolver lookups except the first
1976			delivery attempt.
1977		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
1978	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
1979		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
1980		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
1981		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
1982		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
1983		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
1984		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
1985		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
1986		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
1987		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
1988	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
1989		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
1990		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
1991		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
1992		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
1993		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
1994		Telecommunications Ltd.
1995	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
1996		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
1997		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
1998		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
1999		Inc.
2000	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2001		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2002		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2003	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2004		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2005	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2006		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2007		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2008	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2009		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2010	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2011	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2012		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2013		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2014	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2015		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2016		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2017	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2018		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2019		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2020		Ltd.
2021	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2022		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2023		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2024		example mailer might be:
2025			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2026				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2027				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2028		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2029	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2030		instead.
2031	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2032		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2033		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2034		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2035	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2036		flags.
2037	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2038		body of the original message on delivery status
2039		notifications.
2040	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2041		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2042	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2043		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2044		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2045	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2046		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2047		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2048	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2049		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2050		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2051		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2052	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2053		Conwell of Boston University.
2054	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2055		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2056	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2057		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2058		@Home Network.
2059	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2060		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2061		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2062	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2063		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2064		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2065	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2066		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2067		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2068		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2069		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2070	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2071		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2072		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2073	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2074		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2075		Mathias Herberts.
2076	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2077		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2078		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2079		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2080		in check_compat).
2081	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2082		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2083		option.
2084	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2085	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2086		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2087	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2088		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2089	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2090	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2091		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2092	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2093		is set.
2094	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2095		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2096	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2097		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2098		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2099	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2100	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2101	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2102		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2103		a denial-of-service attack.
2104	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2105		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2106		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2107		overflow attacks.
2108	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2109		alias recursion.
2110	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2111	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2112	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2113		directly before the newline.
2114	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2115		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2116		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2117		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2118		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2119		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2120		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2121		could not be opened.
2122	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2123		value of this option is macro expanded.
2124	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2125		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2126	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2127		(along with the already existing macros):
2128		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2129		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2130		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2131		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2132		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2133		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2134		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2135	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2136		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2137		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2138		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2139		loopback net.
2140	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2141		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2142		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2143	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2144		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2145		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2146		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2147		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2148	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2149		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2150		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2151		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2152		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2153	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2154		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2155		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2156		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2157	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2158		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2159		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2160		Ericsson.
2161	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2162		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2163		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2164		of Ericsson.
2165	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2166		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2167		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2168	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2169		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2170		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2171	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2172		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2173		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2174		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2175	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2176		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2177	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2178		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2179	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2180		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2181		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2182	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2183	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2184		equate name.
2185	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2186		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2187	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2188		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2189	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2190		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2191		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2192		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2193		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2194		David Cooley of Colby College.
2195	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2196		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2197		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2198		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2199		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2200	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2201		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2202		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2203		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2204		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2205		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2206		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2207		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2208		of Stanford University.
2209	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2210		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2211	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2212		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2213		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2214		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2215		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2216		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2217		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2218	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2219		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2220		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2221		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2222	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2223	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2224		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2225	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2226		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2227		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2228		comma separated key and value strings.
2229	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2230		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2231		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2232		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2233		a single connection to that host.
2234	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2235	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2236		LDAP lookups.
2237	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2238		resources.
2239	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2240	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2241	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2242		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2243		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2244		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2245		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2246		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2247		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2248		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2249		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2250		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2251		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2252		with the name "*".
2253	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2254		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2255		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2256		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2257		matches to return.
2258	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2259		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2260		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2261		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2262		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2263		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2264		are defined.
2265	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2266		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2267		Tech.
2268	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2269		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2270		important if you have large classes.
2271	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2272		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2273		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2274	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2275		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2276		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2277		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2278		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2279		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2280	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2281		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2282		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2283		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2284		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2285		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2286		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2287		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2288	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2289		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2290		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2291		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2292		has no effect.
2293	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2294		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2295	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2296		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2297	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2298		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2299	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2300		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2301	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2302		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2303		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2304		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2305		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2306	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2307		10 or higher.
2308	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2309		information (from= syslog line).
2310	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2311		equate (dsn=).
2312	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2313	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets.  More
2314		information is available at
2315		http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/.  Contributed by Mark
2316		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2317	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2318		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2319		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2320	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2321		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2322	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2323		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2324		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2325		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2326		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2327		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2328	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2329		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2330		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2331	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2332		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2333		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2334	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2335		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2336		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2337	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2338		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2339	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2340		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2341		multiple files.
2342	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2343		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2344		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2345		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2346		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2347		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2348		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2349		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2350		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2351	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2352		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2353	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2354		length before the attempt.
2355	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2356		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2357		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2358		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2359		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2360	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2361		host status files, not all files.
2362	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2363		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2364		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2365		Wonderworks Inc.
2366	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2367		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2368		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2369		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2370		of Hannover.
2371	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2372		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2373		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2374		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2375		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2376		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2377	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2378		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2379		flag:
2380			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2381		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2382		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2383		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2384	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2385		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2386		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2387		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2388		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2389		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2390		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2391	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2392		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2393		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2394		version.
2395	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2396	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2397	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2398		if referencing a named ruleset.
2399	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2400		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2401	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2402		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2403		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2404		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2405		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2406		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2407		the University of Maryland.
2408	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2409		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2410	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2411		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2412	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2413		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2414		COMMANDS).
2415	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2416		but for outgoing connections.
2417	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2418		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2419			a	require authentication
2420			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2421				been received
2422			c	perform hostname canonification
2423			f	require fully qualified hostname
2424			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2425				command
2426			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2427			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2428	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2429			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2430	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2431	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2432		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2433		Institutes of Health.
2434	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
2435		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2436	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
2437	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
2438		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2439	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
2440	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
2441		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
2442	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
2443		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
2444	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
2445		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
2446		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2447	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
2448		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
2449		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
2450	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
2451	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
2452		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
2453		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
2454	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
2455		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
2456		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
2457		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
2458		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2459	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
2460		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
2461		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
2462		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
2463		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
2464		timeout.
2465	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
2466		interface address structure when loading the system network
2467		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
2468		Nanoteq.
2469	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
2470		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
2471		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
2472		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
2473		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
2474	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
2475		on load average.
2476	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2477		Northern Illinois University.
2478	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
2479		envelope splitting has occurred.
2480	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
2481		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
2482	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
2483	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
2484		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
2485		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2486		Institute.
2487	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
2488		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
2489		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
2490	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
2491		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
2492		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
2493		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2494	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
2495		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2496	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
2497		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2498	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
2499		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
2500	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
2501		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2502	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
2503		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
2504		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
2505		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2506	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
2507		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
2508	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
2509		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2510	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
2511		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
2512		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2513		University.
2514	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
2515		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
2516		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
2517	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
2518		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
2519		ruleset lines as well.
2520	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
2521		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
2522		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
2523		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2524		Institute.
2525	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
2526		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
2527		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
2528	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
2529		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
2530		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
2531		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
2532	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
2533		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
2534		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
2535		of Ericsson.
2536	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
2537		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
2538		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
2539		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2540	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
2541		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
2542		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
2543		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
2544		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
2545	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
2546		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
2547		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
2548		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
2549	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
2550		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
2551		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2552		University.
2553	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
2554		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
2555		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
2556		'sendmail -bs'.
2557	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
2558		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
2559		them in the .cf file.
2560	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
2561		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
2562		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
2563		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
2564	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
2565		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
2566	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
2567		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
2568		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2569	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
2570		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
2571		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
2572		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
2573		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2574	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
2575		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
2576	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
2577		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
2578		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
2579	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
2580		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
2581	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
2582		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
2583		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
2584	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
2585		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
2586		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2587	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
2588		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
2589		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
2590		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2591	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
2592		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
2593		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
2594		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
2595		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
2596		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2597	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
2598		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
2599		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
2600		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
2601		don't fail on ANY queries.
2602	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
2603		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
2604		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2605		Northern Illinois University.
2606	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
2607		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
2608		State University.
2609	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
2610		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
2611		Northern Illinois University.
2612	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
2613		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
2614	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
2615	Portability:
2616		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
2617			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
2618			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
2619			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
2620			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2621		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
2622			This allows network interface probing to work
2623			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
2624			University of Iowa.
2625		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
2626		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
2627			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
2628			name.
2629		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
2630		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
2631			Virginia Tech.
2632		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
2633		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
2634			Amsterdam.
2635		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
2636		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
2637			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
2638		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
2639			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
2640			in building the operating system.  Users can
2641			override the defaults by setting confCC and
2642			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
2643		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
2644		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
2645		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
2646			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
2647		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
2648			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2649		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
2650			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
2651		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
2652			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
2653		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
2654			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2655		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
2656			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
2657			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
2658		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
2659		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
2660			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
2661			use that value in conf.h.
2662		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
2663			BITart Consulting.
2664		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
2665			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
2666			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
2667			Computer, Inc.
2668		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
2669			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
2670			of E I A.
2671		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
2672			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
2673		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
2674			fchown(2).
2675		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
2676			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
2677		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
2678			srandomdev(3).
2679		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
2680			setlogin(2).
2681		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
2682			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
2683			Siemens Business Services.
2684		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
2685			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
2686			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
2687		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
2688			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
2689		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
2690			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2691			Aerospace.
2692		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
2693			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
2694			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
2695		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
2696			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
2697			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
2698			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
2699			University.
2700		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
2701			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
2702			Technology Information Network.
2703		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
2704			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
2705		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
2706		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
2707			and OpenBSD.
2708		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
2709			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
2710			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
2711			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2712	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
2713		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
2714		details.
2715	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
2716		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
2717	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
2718	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
2719		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2720		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
2721	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
2722		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
2723		Courtesan Consulting.
2724	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
2725	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
2726		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
2727		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
2728	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
2729		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
2730		multiple times.
2731	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
2732		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
2733		with From:).
2734	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
2735		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
2736	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
2737		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
2738		new functionality.
2739	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2740		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
2741		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
2742		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
2743		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
2744		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
2745		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
2746		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
2747		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
2748		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
2749		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
2750		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
2751		confPID_FILE			PidFile
2752		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
2753		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
2754		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
2755		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2756		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2757		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2758		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
2759		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2760		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2761		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
2762		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
2763	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
2764		which takes the options as argument and can be used
2765		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2766	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
2767		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
2768		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
2769		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
2770		to "IPC $h".
2771	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
2772		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
2773		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
2774	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
2775		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
2776		value should be changed with care.
2777	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
2778		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
2779	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
2780		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
2781		complain.
2782	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
2783		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
2784		of Q7 Enterprises.
2785	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
2786		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
2787		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
2788		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
2789	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
2790		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
2791		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
2792		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
2793		of Northern Illinois University.
2794	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
2795		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
2796		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
2797	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
2798		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
2799		in it.
2800	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
2801		in class 'P' ($=P).
2802	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
2803		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
2804		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
2805		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
2806		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
2807		is added.
2808	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
2809		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
2810	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
2811		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
2812	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
2813		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
2814	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
2815		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
2816	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
2817		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
2818	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
2819		Hubert of University of Washington.
2820	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
2821		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
2822		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
2823	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
2824	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
2825		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
2826		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
2827	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
2828		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
2829		Services.
2830	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
2831		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
2832		Aerospace.
2833	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
2834		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
2835		University and Brian Candler.
2836	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
2837		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2838	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
2839		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2840		Institute.
2841	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
2842		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
2843	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
2844		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
2845		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
2846	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
2847		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
2848	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
2849		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
2850		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2851	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
2852		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
2853		Willamette Industries, Inc.
2854	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
2855		converted to <user@d>
2856	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
2857		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
2858	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
2859		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
2860		performed.
2861	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
2862		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
2863		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2864		Institute.
2865	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
2866		be accessed by their numbers).
2867	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
2868		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
2869		of an address.
2870	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
2871		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
2872		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
2873		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
2874	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
2875		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
2876		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
2877	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
2878		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
2879	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
2880	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
2881		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2882		Institute.
2883	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
2884	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
2885		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
2886		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
2887		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
2888	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
2889		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
2890		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
2891	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
2892		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
2893	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
2894		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2895	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
2896		University of California at Berkeley.
2897	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
2898		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2899	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
2900		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
2901	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
2902		Corporation UK.
2903	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
2904	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
2905		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
2906		Yale University.
2907	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
2908		be used for building.
2909	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
2910		used for a fresh build.
2911	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
2912	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
2913		ranlib.
2914	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
2915		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
2916	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
2917		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
2918		Costales.
2919	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
2920		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
2921		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
2922		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2923	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
2924		of Siemens Business Services.
2925	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
2926		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
2927		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
2928		torek.
2929	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
2930		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
2931		They should contain the C source files for the object files
2932		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
2933		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
2934	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
2935		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
2936		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
2937		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
2938		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
2939	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
2940		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
2941		are in devtools/README.
2942	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
2943		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2944	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
2945		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
2946		new variable which identifies the root of the source
2947		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
2948	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
2949		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
2950		macro.
2951	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
2952	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
2953		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
2954		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
2955		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
2956		Corporation.
2957	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
2958		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
2959		confMANROOTMAN.
2960	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
2961		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
2962		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
2963	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
2964		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
2965		Communications.
2966	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
2967		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
2968	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
2969		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
2970		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
2971	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
2972		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
2973		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
2974	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
2975		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
2976		install-strip target.
2977	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
2978		the others (if it exists).
2979	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
2980		then the default ones.
2981	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
2982		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
2983		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
2984		to set the S flag.
2985	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
2986		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
2987		Northern Illinois University.
2988	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
2989		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
2990		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2991	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
2992		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
2993		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2994		University.
2995	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
2996		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
2997		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
2998		University.
2999	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3000		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3001		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3002		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3003		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3004		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3005		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3006		University.
3007	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3008		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3009		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3010	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3011		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3012		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3013		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3014		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3015		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3016		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3017		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3018		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3019		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3020		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3021	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3022		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3023		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3024	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3025		timeout to avoid starvation.
3026	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3027		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3028		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3029	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3030	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3031		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3032		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3033		of Maryland.
3034	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3035		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3036		sendmail configuration file.
3037	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3038		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3039		option.
3040	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3041		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3042	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3043		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3044	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3045		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3046	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3047		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3048	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3049		Corporation UK.
3050	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3051		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3052		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3053		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3054	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3055		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3056		Institute for Global Communications.
3057	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3058		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3059		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3060	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3061		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3062		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3063	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3064		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3065		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3066	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3067		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3068	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3069	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3070		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3071	Changed Files:
3072		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3073			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3074			which execute the actual Build script in
3075			devtools/bin.
3076		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3077			-mandoc as they were previously.
3078		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3079			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3080			required for Build).
3081	New Directories:
3082		devtools/M4/UNIX
3083		include
3084		libmilter
3085		libsmdb
3086		libsmutil
3087		vacation
3088	Renamed Directories:
3089		BuildTools => devtools
3090		src => sendmail
3091	Deleted Files:
3092		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3093		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3094		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3095		devtools/OS/SINIX
3096		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3097	New Files:
3098		INSTALL
3099		PGPKEYS
3100		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3101		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3102		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3103		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3104		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3105		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3106		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3107		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3108		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3109		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3110		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3111		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3112		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3113		contrib/domainmap.m4
3114		contrib/qtool.8
3115		contrib/qtool.pl
3116		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3117		devtools/M4/list.m4
3118		devtools/M4/string.m4
3119		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3120		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3121		devtools/OS/Darwin
3122		devtools/OS/GNU
3123		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3124		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3125		devtools/OS/m88k
3126		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3127		mail.local/Makefile
3128		mailstats/Makefile
3129		makemap/Makefile
3130		praliases/Makefile
3131		rmail/Makefile
3132		sendmail/Makefile
3133		sendmail/bf.h
3134		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3135		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3136		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3137		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3138		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3139		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3140		sendmail/timers.c
3141		sendmail/timers.h
3142		smrsh/Makefile
3143		vacation/Makefile
3144	Renamed Files:
3145		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3146		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3147		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3148		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3149		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3150		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3151		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3152		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3153		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3154	Copied Files:
3155		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3156
31578.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3158	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3159		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3160		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3161		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3162		Schools" project (IdS).
3163	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3164		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3165		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3166		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3167	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3168		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3169		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3170		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3171	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3172		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3173		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3174		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3175	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3176		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3177	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3178		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3179		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3180		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3181		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3182		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3183	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3184		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3185		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3186		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3187	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3188		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3189		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3190		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3191	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3192		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3193	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3194		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3195		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3196		group of the IETF.
3197	Portability:
3198		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3199			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3200			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3201			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3202			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3203			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3204			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3205			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3206			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3207			Technical University of Denmark.
3208		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3209			Supercomputer Center.
3210		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3211			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3212			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3213			of Stanford University.
3214		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3215			between different releases.  Back out the
3216			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3217			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3218			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3219			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3220		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3221			of Siemens/SNI.
3222		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3223	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3224		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3225		University of Brno.
3226	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3227		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3228		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3229	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3230		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3231		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3232	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3233		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3234	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3235		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3236		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3237	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3238		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3239		MIDS Europe.
3240	New Files:
3241		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3242		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3243		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3244
32458.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3246	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3247		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3248		for a denial of service attack.
3249	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3250		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3251	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3252		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3253		Corporation UK.
3254	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3255		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3256	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3257		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3258	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3259		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3260		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3261		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3262		Internet Services.
3263	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3264		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3265		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3266		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3267	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3268		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3269		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3270	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3271		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3272	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3273		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3274		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3275	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3276		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3277		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3278	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3279		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3280		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3281		Internet Services.
3282	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3283		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3284		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3285	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3286		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3287		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3288		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3289		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3290		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3291		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3292		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3293		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3294		extended testing.
3295	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3296		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3297	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3298		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3299		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3300		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3301	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3302		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3303		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3304		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3305		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3306	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3307		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3308		Network.
3309	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3310		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3311	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3312		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3313		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3314		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3315		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3316	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3317		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3318		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3319	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3320		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3321	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3322		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3323		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3324		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3325		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3326	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3327		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3328		Meteorological Institute.
3329	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3330	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3331		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3332	Portability:
3333		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3334		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3335			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3336			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3337		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3338			reading network interface addresses into
3339			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3340			Cal State University, Chico.
3341		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3342			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3343			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3344			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3345		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3346			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3347		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3348		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3349			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3350		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3351		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3352			of Sun Microsystems.
3353		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3354			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3355		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3356			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3357		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3358			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3359		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3360			of E I A.
3361		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3362			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3363			Information Center.
3364		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3365			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3366			Institute.
3367		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3368			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3369	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3370		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3371		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3372	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3373		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3374		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3375		Manawatu Internet Services.
3376	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3377		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3378		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3379		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3380		of Northern Illinois University.
3381	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3382		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3383		Kiel.
3384	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3385		Dot Com.
3386	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3387		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3388		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3389	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3390		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3391		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3392		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3393		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3394		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3395	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3396		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3397	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3398		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3399	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3400		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3401	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3402		the envelope From header.
3403	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3404		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3405	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3406		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3407	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3408		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3409		Portal Services, Inc.
3410	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3411		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3412		Sun Microsystems.
3413	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3414	New Files:
3415		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3416		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3417		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3418		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3419		src/control.c
3420
34218.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3422	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3423		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3424		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3425		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3426	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3427		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3428		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3429		Meteorological Institute.
3430	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3431		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3432		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3433	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3434		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
3435		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
3436		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3437	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
3438		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3439	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
3440		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
3441	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
3442		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
3443		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
3444	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
3445		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
3446		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
3447		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
3448	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
3449		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
3450		Flextech TV.
3451	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
3452		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
3453		DaveLtd Enterprises.
3454	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
3455		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
3456		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
3457		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
3458	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
3459		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
3460	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
3461		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
3462	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
3463		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
3464		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
3465	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
3466		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
3467		University.
3468	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
3469		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
3470		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
3471		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
3472		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
3473		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
3474	Portability:
3475		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
3476			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
3477			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
3478			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
3479		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
3480			of BSDI.
3481		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
3482			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
3483			PICT Inc.
3484		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
3485			J. P. McCann of E I A.
3486		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
3487			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
3488	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
3489		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
3490		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
3491		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3492	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
3493		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
3494		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3495	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
3496		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
3497		would not accept @@hostname.
3498	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
3499		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
3500	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
3501		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
3502		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3503	New Files:
3504		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
3505
35068.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
3507	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
3508		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
3509		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
3510		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
3511		which need the ability to override security can use the
3512		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
3513		information.
3514	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
3515		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
3516		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
3517		world writable directories.
3518	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
3519		it is in a world writable directory.
3520	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
3521		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
3522		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
3523		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3524		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3525	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
3526		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
3527		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
3528	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
3529		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
3530		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
3531		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
3532		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
3533		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
3534		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
3535		default.
3536	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
3537		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
3538		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
3539		the University of Maryland.
3540	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
3541		of Cal State University, Chico.
3542	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
3543		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
3544		current version of Berkeley DB.
3545	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
3546		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3547	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
3548		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
3549		of Maryland.
3550	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
3551		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
3552		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
3553		Microsystems.
3554	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
3555		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
3556		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
3557		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
3558	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
3559		mail.local on the F=z flag.
3560	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
3561		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
3562		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
3563		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
3564	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
3565		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
3566		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
3567		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
3568		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
3569	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
3570		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
3571		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
3572		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3573	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
3574		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
3575		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
3576	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
3577		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
3578		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
3579	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
3580		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
3581		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
3582		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
3583		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
3584		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
3585		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
3586		relaying entirely.
3587	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
3588		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
3589		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
3590		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
3591	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
3592		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
3593		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
3594		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3595	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
3596		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
3597		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
3598		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
3599		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3600	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
3601		sender for those failures.
3602	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
3603		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
3604		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
3605		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
3606		of Ericsson.
3607	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
3608		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
3609		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3610		of Procter & Gamble.
3611	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
3612		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
3613		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
3614		of Procter & Gamble.
3615	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
3616		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
3617		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
3618		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
3619		DontBlameSendmail options are:
3620			Safe
3621			AssumeSafeChown
3622			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
3623			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
3624			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
3625			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
3626			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
3627			GroupWritableAliasFile
3628			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
3629			WorldWritableAliasFile
3630			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3631			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
3632			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
3633			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
3634			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3635			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
3636			MapInUnsafeDirPath
3637			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
3638			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
3639			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
3640			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
3641			LinkedMapInWritableDir
3642			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
3643			FileDeliveryToHardLink
3644			FileDeliveryToSymLink
3645			WriteMapToHardLink
3646			WriteMapToSymLink
3647			WriteStatsToHardLink
3648			WriteStatsToSymLink
3649			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
3650			RunWritableProgram
3651	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
3652		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
3653		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
3654		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
3655		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
3656	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
3657		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
3658	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
3659		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
3660	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
3661	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
3662		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
3663		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
3664		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
3665		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
3666	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
3667		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
3668		contrast to the success case).
3669	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
3670		of the form:
3671			HHeader: $>Ruleset
3672		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
3673		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
3674		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
3675	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
3676		from hiding their connection information in Received:
3677		headers.
3678	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
3679		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
3680		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
3681		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
3682	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
3683		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
3684		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
3685		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
3686		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
3687		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
3688	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
3689		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
3690		remote identity can be queried.
3691	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
3692		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
3693		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
3694		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3695	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
3696		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
3697		some of the details are determined dynamically via
3698		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
3699	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
3700		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
3701		the new Build method which creates an operating system
3702		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
3703	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
3704		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
3705		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
3706		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
3707		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
3708		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3709	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
3710		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
3711		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
3712		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
3713		This means that even if only one of the recipients
3714		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
3715		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
3716	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
3717		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
3718		of CNET: The Computer Network.
3719	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
3720	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
3721		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3722	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
3723		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
3724	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
3725		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
3726		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
3727		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
3728	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
3729		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
3730		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
3731		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3732	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
3733		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
3734		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3735	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
3736		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
3737		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
3738		Institute.
3739	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
3740		mail.local.
3741	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
3742		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
3743		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
3744	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
3745		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
3746		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3747	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
3748		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
3749		of InfoBeat, Inc.
3750	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
3751		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
3752	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
3753		mailstats command.
3754	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
3755		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
3756		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3757	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
3758		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
3759		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
3760		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3761	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
3762		Ericsson.
3763	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
3764		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
3765		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
3766		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
3767	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
3768		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
3769		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
3770		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
3771		Stratus Computer, Inc.
3772	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
3773		currently supported version.
3774	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
3775		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
3776	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
3777		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
3778		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
3779		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3780	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
3781		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
3782		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
3783		message in error bounces.
3784	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
3785		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
3786		Digital Equipment Corporation.
3787	Portability:
3788		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
3789			of Kyoto University.
3790		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
3791			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
3792			Maryland.
3793		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
3794		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
3795			in Finland.
3796		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
3797			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
3798			the University of Maryland.
3799		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
3800			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
3801		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3802			Meteorological Institute.
3803		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
3804			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
3805		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
3806		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
3807		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
3808		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
3809			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
3810			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
3811			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
3812			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
3813		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
3814			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3815		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
3816			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
3817			Microsystems.
3818	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
3819	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
3820		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
3821		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3822	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
3823		directory for certain programs.
3824	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
3825		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
3826		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
3827		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
3828		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
3829	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
3830		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
3831		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
3832		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
3833	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
3834		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
3835		the user to setup different .forward files for
3836		user+detail addressing.
3837	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
3838		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
3839		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
3840	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
3841		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
3842		outside your domain).
3843	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
3844		any site to any site.
3845	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
3846		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
3847	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
3848		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
3849	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
3850		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
3851		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
3852		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
3853		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
3854	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
3855		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
3856	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
3857		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
3858	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
3859		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
3860		host names only.
3861	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
3862		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
3863		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
3864		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
3865		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
3866		needed for most installations.
3867	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
3868		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
3869		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
3870		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
3871		the University of Maryland.
3872	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
3873		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
3874		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
3875	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
3876		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
3877		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
3878	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
3879		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
3880	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
3881		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
3882	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
3883		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
3884		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
3885		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
3886		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
3887	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
3888		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
3889		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
3890		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
3891		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
3892		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
3893		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
3894	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
3895		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
3896	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
3897		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
3898		above for more information.
3899	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
3900		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3901		Meteorological Institute.
3902	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
3903		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
3904		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
3905		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
3906		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3907	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
3908		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
3909	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
3910		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
3911		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
3912		MustQuoteChars respectively.
3913	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
3914		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
3915		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
3916		CMU (now of Netscape).
3917	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
3918		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
3919		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
3920		read mail.local/README.
3921	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
3922		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
3923		University of Maryland.
3924	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
3925		University, Chico.
3926	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3927		Meteorological Institute.
3928	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
3929		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
3930		University of Maryland.
3931	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
3932		such as linked files in world writable directories.
3933	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
3934	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
3935	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
3936		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
3937		Braunschweig.
3938	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
3939		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
3940		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3941	Changed Files:
3942		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
3943			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
3944		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
3945	New Files:
3946		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
3947		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
3948		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
3949		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
3950		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
3951		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
3952		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
3953		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
3954		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
3955		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
3956		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
3957		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
3958		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
3959		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
3960		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
3961		BuildTools/OS/QNX
3962		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
3963		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
3964		BuildTools/README
3965		BuildTools/Site/README
3966		BuildTools/bin/Build
3967		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
3968		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
3969		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
3970		Makefile
3971		cf/cf/Build
3972		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
3973		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
3974		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
3975		cf/feature/access_db.m4
3976		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
3977		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
3978		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
3979		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
3980		cf/feature/rbl.m4
3981		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
3982		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
3983		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
3984		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
3985		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
3986		contrib/doublebounce.pl
3987		mail.local/Build
3988		mail.local/Makefile.m4
3989		mail.local/README
3990		mailstats/Build
3991		mailstats/Makefile.m4
3992		makemap/Build
3993		makemap/Makefile.m4
3994		praliases/Build
3995		praliases/Makefile.m4
3996		rmail/Build
3997		rmail/Makefile.m4
3998		rmail/rmail.0
3999		smrsh/Build
4000		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4001		src/Build
4002		src/Makefile.m4
4003		src/snprintf.c
4004	Deleted Files:
4005		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4006		mail.local/Makefile
4007		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4008		mailstats/Makefile
4009		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4010		makemap/Makefile
4011		makemap/Makefile.dist
4012		praliases/Makefile
4013		praliases/Makefile.dist
4014		rmail/Makefile
4015		smrsh/Makefile
4016		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4017		src/Makefile
4018		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4019		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4020			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4021		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4022	Renamed Files:
4023		READ_ME => README
4024		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4025		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4026		src/READ_ME => src/README
4027
40288.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4029	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4030		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4031		Meteorological Institute.
4032	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4033		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4034		Arseneault of SRI International.
4035	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4036		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4037		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4038	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4039		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4040	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4041		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4042		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4043		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4044	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4045		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4046		River Systems.
4047	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4048		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4049		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4050		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4051		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4052	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4053		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4054		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4055		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4056		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4057	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4058		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4059		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4060		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4061	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4062	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4063		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4064	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4065		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4066		results during a single message processing (but would
4067		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4068		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4069	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4070		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4071		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4072	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4073		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4074		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4075		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4076	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4077		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4078		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4079		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4080	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4081		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4082		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4083		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4084		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4085		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4086		Associates.
4087	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4088		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4089		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4090		could cause confusing error messages.
4091	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4092		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4093		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4094		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4095		SuperNet, Inc.
4096	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4097		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4098	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4099		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4100		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4101	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4102		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4103		dropped.
4104	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4105		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4106		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4107	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4108		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4109		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4110	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4111		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4112		Institute.
4113	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4114		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4115		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4116		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4117	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4118		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4119		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4120	Minor lint fixes.
4121	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4122		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4123		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4124		of Stanford University.
4125	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4126		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4127		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4128	Portability:
4129		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4130			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4131			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4132			Electronic Data Systems.
4133		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4134			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4135		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4136		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4137			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4138			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4139			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4140			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4141			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4142			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4143		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4144			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4145			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4146			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4147		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4148			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4149		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4150			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4151		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4152			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4153			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4154			Services.
4155		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4156			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4157		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4158			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4159			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4160		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4161			Services VAS.
4162	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4163	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4164	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4165			Ericsson.
4166
41678.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4168	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4169		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4170		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4171		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4172		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4173		GmbH.
4174	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4175		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4176		of Technology, Stockholm.
4177	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4178		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4179		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4180		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4181		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4182	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4183		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4184		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4185		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4186	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4187		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4188		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4189		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4190	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4191		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4192		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4193		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4194	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4195	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4196		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4197		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4198	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4199		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4200		have to assume that the information is good.
4201	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4202		open or locked.
4203	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4204	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4205		errors during testing.
4206	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4207		printed in the error message.
4208	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4209		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4210	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4211		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4212		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4213	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4214		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4215		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4216	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4217		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4218		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4219		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4220		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4221		Results Computing.
4222	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4223		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4224		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4225		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4226		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4227	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4228		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4229		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4230		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4231		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4232		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4233		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4234		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4235		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4236		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4237		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4238		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4239		simultaneously.
4240	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4241		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4242	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4243		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4244		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4245	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4246		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4247		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4248		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4249	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4250		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4251		CSU Chico.
4252	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4253		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4254		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4255		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4256	Portability:
4257		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4258			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4259			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4260			be used instead.
4261		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4262			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4263		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4264		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4265		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4266			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4267		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4268			in Makefiles.
4269		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4270			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4271		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4272			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4273			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4274			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4275			NCR Corp.
4276		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4277			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4278		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4279			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4280			Resource Network
4281		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4282			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4283			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4284			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4285			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4286			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4287		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4288			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4289			Corp.
4290		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4291			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4292			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4293		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4294			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4295		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4296			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4297			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4298			PlainTalk.
4299	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4300		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4301		by Harry Styron.
4302	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4303		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4304	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4305	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4306		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4307		changed after open".
4308	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4309		files.
4310	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4311	NEW FILES:
4312		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4313		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4314		test/t_exclopen.c
4315		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4316	DELETED FILES:
4317		Makefile
4318
43198.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4320	    *************************************************************
4321	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4322	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4323	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4324	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4325	    *************************************************************
4326	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4327		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4328		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4329		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4330		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4331		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4332		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4333		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4334		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4335		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4336		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4337		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4338		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4339		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4340		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4341		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4342	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4343		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4344		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4345		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4346		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4347		another database; this can be used either to expose
4348		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4349		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4350		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4351		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4352		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4353		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4354		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4355		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4356		system directories.
4357	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4358		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4359		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4360		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4361		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4362		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4363		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4364	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4365		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4366		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4367		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4368		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4369		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4370		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4371		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4372		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4373		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4374		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4375		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4376		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4377		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4378		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4379		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4380	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4381		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4382		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4383		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4384		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4385		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4386	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4387		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4388		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4389	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4390		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4391		same host).
4392	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4393		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4394		from Theo de Raadt.
4395	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4396		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4397		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4398	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4399		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4400		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4401	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4402		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4403		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4404	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4405		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4406		Microsystems.
4407	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4408		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4409		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4410	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4411		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4412	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4413		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4414		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4415	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4416		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4417		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4418	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4419		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4420		Shapiro.
4421	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4422		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4423		Sun Microsystems.
4424	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4425		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4426		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4427		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4428		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4429		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4430	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4431		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4432		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4433		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4434		Mercury Mail.
4435	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
4436		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
4437		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
4438		Morgan Stanley.
4439	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
4440		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
4441		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
4442		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4443	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
4444		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
4445		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
4446		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
4447		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
4448		not be run.
4449	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
4450		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
4451		printing.
4452	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
4453		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
4454		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4455	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
4456		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
4457	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
4458	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
4459		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
4460		erroneous results during a single message processing
4461		(but would recover when the next message was received).
4462	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
4463		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
4464		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
4465		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
4466		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
4467		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
4468		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
4469	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
4470		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
4471		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
4472		address as "may be forged".
4473	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
4474		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
4475		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
4476	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
4477		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
4478		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
4479		of TwinCom.
4480	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
4481		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
4482		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
4483		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
4484	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
4485		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
4486		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
4487	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
4488		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4489		Institute.
4490	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
4491		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
4492		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
4493		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
4494		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
4495		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
4496		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
4497		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
4498	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
4499		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
4500		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
4501		book (2nd edition).
4502	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
4503		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
4504		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
4505		John Beck of SunSoft.
4506	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
4507		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
4508		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
4509	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
4510		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
4511	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
4512		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
4513	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
4514		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
4515	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
4516		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
4517		returns.
4518	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
4519		on some architectures.
4520	Portability:
4521		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
4522		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
4523			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
4524			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
4525			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
4526			of Washington.
4527		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
4528			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
4529			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4530		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
4531		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
4532		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
4533		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
4534			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
4535			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
4536			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4537		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
4538		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
4539			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
4540			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
4541			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
4542			Cambridge.
4543		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
4544			Kari Hurtta.
4545		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
4546			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
4547			IRIX Makefile).
4548		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
4549			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4550	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
4551		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
4552		Brian Candler.
4553	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
4554		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
4555		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4556	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
4557		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
4558		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4559	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
4560		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
4561		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4562	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
4563		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
4564		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4565	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
4566		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
4567		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
4568	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
4569		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
4570		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
4571		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
4572		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4573	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
4574		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
4575		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
4576		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
4577	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
4578		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
4579		was specified, even when it wasn't.
4580	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
4581	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
4582		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
4583		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
4584		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
4585		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
4586	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
4587		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
4588		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
4589		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
4590		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
4591		developers).
4592	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
4593		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
4594		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4595	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
4596		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
4597		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
4598		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
4599	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
4600		NEXTSTEP.
4601	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
4602		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
4603		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
4604		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
4605		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4606	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
4607		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
4608		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
4609		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
4610		for system accounts.
4611	NEW FILES:
4612		src/safefile.c
4613		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
4614		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
4615		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
4616		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
4617		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
4618	RENAMED FILES:
4619		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
4620		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
4621
46228.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
4623	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
4624		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
4625		even if RunAsUser is specified.
4626	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
4627		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
4628		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4629	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
4630		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
4631		University of Pennsylvania.
4632	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
4633		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
4634		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
4635		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
4636		was unnecessarily awful.
4637	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
4638		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
4639		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
4640	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
4641		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
4642		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
4643		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
4644		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
4645		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4646	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
4647		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4648	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
4649		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
4650		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4651	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
4652		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
4653		Semiconductor Corp.
4654	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
4655		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
4656		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
4657		at Austin.
4658	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
4659		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
4660		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
4661		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
4662		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
4663	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
4664		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
4665		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
4666		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
4667		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
4668	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
4669		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
4670		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
4671		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
4672		Costales.
4673	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
4674		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
4675		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
4676		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
4677		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
4678	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
4679		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
4680		The current values and defaults are:
4681		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
4682		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
4683		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
4684		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
4685		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
4686	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
4687		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
4688		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
4689	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
4690		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4691	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
4692		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
4693		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
4694		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
4695		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
4696		Eric Hagberg.
4697	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
4698		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
4699		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
4700		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
4701	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
4702		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
4703		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
4704		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4705	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
4706		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
4707		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
4708		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
4709		Communications.
4710	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
4711		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
4712		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
4713		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4714	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
4715		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
4716	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
4717		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
4718	PORTABILITY:
4719		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
4720			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
4721		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
4722			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
4723		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
4724		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
4725			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
4726			(Moscow).
4727		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
4728		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
4729		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
4730		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
4731		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
4732			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
4733	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
4734		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
4735		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
4736		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
4737		Received: line.
4738	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
4739		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
4740		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
4741		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
4742		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
4743		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
4744	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
4745		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
4746		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
4747		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
4748		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
4749		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
4750		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
4751		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
4752		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
4753		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
4754	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
4755		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
4756		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
4757		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
4758		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4759	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
4760		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
4761		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
4762	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
4763		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
4764		Long Beach.
4765
47668.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
4767	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
4768		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
4769		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
4770		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
4771		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
4772		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
4773		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
4774	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
4775		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
4776		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
4777		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
4778		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
4779		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
4780		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
4781		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
4782		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
4783	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
4784		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
4785		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4786	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
4787		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
4788		Problem noted by several people.
4789	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
4790		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
4791		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
4792		by several people.
4793	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
4794		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
4795	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
4796		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
4797		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
4798		of Best Internet Communications.
4799	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
4800		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
4801	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
4802		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
4803		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
4804		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
4805		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
4806	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
4807		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
4808	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
4809		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
4810	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
4811		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4812	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
4813		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
4814		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
4815		by Roy Mongiovi.
4816	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
4817		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4818	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
4819		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
4820		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
4821		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
4822		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
4823	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
4824		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
4825		of Kyoto University.
4826	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
4827		conditions from Don Lewis.
4828	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
4829		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
4830		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
4831		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
4832		patch from Bryan Costales.
4833	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4834		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
4835			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
4836			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
4837			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
4838			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
4839		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
4840			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
4841		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
4842			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
4843		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
4844			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
4845			of Tokyo.
4846		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
4847			Services, Inc.
4848		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
4849			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
4850			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
4851			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
4852		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
4853			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
4854	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
4855		than one long one.  By popular demand.
4856	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
4857		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
4858	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
4859		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
4860		of NTT Software Corporation.
4861	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
4862	NEW FILES:
4863		contrib/etrn.pl
4864
48658.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
4866	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
4867		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
4868		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
4869		best-of-security list.
4870	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
4871		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
4872		should make it clearer to people that they are running
4873		the wrong binary.
4874	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
4875		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
4876		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
4877		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
4878		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
4879	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
4880		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
4881		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
4882		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4883	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
4884		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4885	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
4886		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
4887		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
4888		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
4889		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
4890		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
4891		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
4892		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
4893		Eric Wassenaar.
4894	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
4895		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
4896		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
4897		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
4898		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
4899		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
4900		UUNET.
4901	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
4902		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
4903		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
4904		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
4905		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
4906	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
4907		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
4908		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
4909		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
4910	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
4911		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4912	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
4913		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
4914		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
4915		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
4916	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
4917		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
4918		University of Linkoping.
4919	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
4920		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
4921		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
4922	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
4923		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
4924		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
4925		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
4926		other end.
4927	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
4928		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
4929		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
4930	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
4931		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
4932		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
4933		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
4934	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4935		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
4936			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
4937			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
4938			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
4939		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
4940			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
4941		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
4942			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
4943		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
4944			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
4945			The outline of the implementation was contributed
4946			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
4947		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
4948			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
4949			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
4950			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
4951			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
4952			Earickson of Colby College.
4953		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
4954			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
4955			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
4956			Kari Hurtta.
4957	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
4958		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
4959		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
4960	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
4961		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
4962		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
4963		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
4964	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
4965		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
4966		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
4967		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
4968		University of Washington, Seattle.
4969	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
4970		Polytechnic Institute.
4971	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
4972		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
4973	NEW FILES:
4974		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
4975		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
4976		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
4977
49788.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
4979	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
4980		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
4981	PORTABILITY FIXES:
4982		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
4983			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
4984			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
4985	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
4986		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
4987	CONFIG: no changes.
4988
49898.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
4990	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
4991		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
4992		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
4993	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
4994		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
4995		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
4996		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
4997		of WPI.
4998	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
4999		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5000		Kyoto University.
5001	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5002		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5003		on illegal host names.
5004	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5005		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5006		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5007	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5008		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5009		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5010	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5011		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5012		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5013	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5014		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5015		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5016	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5017		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5018		University of Leicester.
5019	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5020		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5021		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5022		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5023		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5024		University of Washington.
5025	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5026		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5027			people pointed this out.
5028		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5029		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5030			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5031	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5032		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5033	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5034		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5035		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5036		Softec.
5037	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5038		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5039	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5040		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5041
50428.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5043	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5044		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5045	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5046		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5047		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5048	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5049		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5050		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5051		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5052	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5053		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5054		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5055		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5056		NSC (Japan).
5057	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5058		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5059		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5060	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5061		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5062		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5063		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5064	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5065		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5066		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5067		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5068		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5069		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5070		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5071		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5072	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5073		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5074	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5075		printout.
5076	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5077	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5078		square braces.
5079	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5080		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5081		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5082	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5083		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5084		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5085		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5086	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5087		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5088		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5089		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5090	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5091		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5092		Dandelion Digital.
5093	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5094		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5095	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5096		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5097		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5098	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5099		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5100		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5101	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5102		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5103	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5104		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5105		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5106		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5107		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5108	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5109		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5110	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5111		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5112		mailers.
5113	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5114		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5115		Myers of CMU.
5116	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5117		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5118		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5119		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5120		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5121		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5122	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5123		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5124		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5125		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5126		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5127		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5128		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5129		parameter.
5130	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5131		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5132		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5133		University of Maryland.
5134	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5135		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5136	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5137		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5138		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5139	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5140		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5141		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5142		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5143		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5144		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5145		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5146	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5147		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5148		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5149		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5150		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5151	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5152		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5153		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5154		section 5.2.5.
5155	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5156		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5157		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5158		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5159		is for incoming connections only.
5160	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5161		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5162		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5163		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5164		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5165		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5166		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5167		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5168	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5169		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5170		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5171		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5172		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5173		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5174		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5175		that take a very long time to run.
5176	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5177		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5178		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5179	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5180		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5181		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5182	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5183		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5184		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5185	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5186		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5187		Costales.
5188	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5189		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5190		Technologies, Inc.
5191	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5192		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5193		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5194	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5195		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5196		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5197		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5198		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5199		different for this case.
5200	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5201		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5202		of Stanford University.
5203	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5204		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5205		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5206		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5207	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5208		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5209		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5210	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5211		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5212		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5213	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5214		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5215		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5216		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5217	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5218		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5219		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5220		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5221		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5222		Pasteur Institute.
5223	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5224		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5225		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5226		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5227	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5228		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5229		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5230		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5231		canonification.
5232	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5233		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5234		mailers.
5235	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5236		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5237		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5238		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5239		either of these in their configuration file.
5240	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5241		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5242		St. Peter's College.
5243	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5244		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5245	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5246		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5247	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5248		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5249	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5250		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5251		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5252		Costales.
5253	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5254		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5255		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5256		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5257		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5258		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5259		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5260		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5261		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5262		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5263		in rulesets.
5264	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5265		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5266		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5267		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5268		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5269		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5270		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5271		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5272	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5273		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5274		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5275		on that basis.
5276	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5277		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5278	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5279		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5280		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5281		Vixie.
5282	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5283		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5284		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5285		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5286	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5287		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5288		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5289		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5290		two characters $, +.
5291	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5292		debug_dumpstate.
5293	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5294		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5295		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5296		valid recipients.
5297	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5298		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5299		noted by Tom May.
5300	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5301		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5302		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5303		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5304	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5305		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5306		Computing Corporation.
5307	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5308		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5309		Internet Communications.
5310	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5311		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5312		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5313		of Lysator.
5314	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5315		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5316		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5317		of the University of Iceland.
5318	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5319		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5320		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5321		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5322		this change is a no-op.
5323	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5324		Costales.
5325	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5326		Bryan Costales.
5327	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5328		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5329	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5330		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5331	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5332		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5333	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5334		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5335		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5336		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5337	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5338		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5339		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5340		Jones of UUNET.
5341	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5342		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5343		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5344	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5345		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5346		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5347		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5348		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5349		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5350	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5351		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5352		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5353		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5354		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5355		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5356		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5357		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5358		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5359		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5360		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5361		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5362	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5363		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5364		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5365		of Stanford University.
5366	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5367		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5368		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5369		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5370		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5371		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5372		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5373	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5374		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5375		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5376		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5377		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5378		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5379	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5380		Motonori Nakamura.
5381	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5382		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5383		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5384		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5385	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5386		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5387		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5388		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5389		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5390		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5391		value is ".hoststat".
5392		There are also two new operation modes:
5393		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5394		    connections.
5395		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5396		    recent status information.
5397		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5398		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5399		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5400		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5401		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5402	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5403		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5404		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5405		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5406		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5407		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5408		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5409		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5410		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5411		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5412		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5413	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5414		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5415		Costales.
5416	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5417		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5418	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5419		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5420		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5421		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5422	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5423		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5424		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5425		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5426		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5427		Webmasters.
5428	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5429		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5430		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5431		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5432		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5433	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5434		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
5435		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
5436		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
5437		of Washington, Seattle.
5438	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
5439		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
5440		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
5441		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
5442		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
5443		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
5444	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
5445		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
5446		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
5447		Nakamura.
5448	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
5449		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
5450		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
5451		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
5452		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
5453		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
5454		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
5455		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
5456		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
5457		well constrained.
5458	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
5459		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
5460		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
5461		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
5462		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
5463	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
5464		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
5465		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
5466		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
5467		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
5468		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
5469	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
5470		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
5471		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
5472	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
5473		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
5474		Wolfhugel.
5475	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
5476		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
5477	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
5478		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
5479		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5480	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
5481		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5482	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
5483		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
5484		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
5485		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
5486		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
5487	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
5488		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
5489		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
5490		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
5491	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
5492		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
5493		National University of Singapore.
5494	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
5495		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
5496		system can't cope with.
5497	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5498		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
5499			Atlas International.
5500		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
5501			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
5502		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
5503			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
5504			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
5505			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
5506			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
5507			Bernstein and Associates.
5508		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
5509			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
5510			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
5511		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
5512			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5513		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
5514			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
5515			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
5516		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
5517			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5518		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
5519			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
5520		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
5521		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5522		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
5523			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5524			Institute.
5525		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
5526			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
5527		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
5528		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
5529			Employment Standards Administration.
5530		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
5531		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
5532			Jr.
5533		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
5534			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
5535		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
5536			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
5537		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
5538		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
5539		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
5540		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
5541			of the University of Arizona.
5542		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
5543			Vanderbilt University.
5544		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
5545			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
5546			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
5547			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5548	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
5549		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
5550	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
5551		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
5552		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
5553		Foundation.
5554	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
5555	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
5556		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
5557		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
5558		Myers of CMU.
5559	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
5560		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
5561		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
5562	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
5563		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
5564		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
5565		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
5566		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
5567		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
5568		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
5569		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
5570	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
5571		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
5572		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
5573		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
5574		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
5575		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
5576		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5577	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
5578		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
5579		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
5580		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
5581			info@foo.com	foo-info
5582			info@bar.com	bar-info
5583			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
5584		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
5585		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
5586		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
5587		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
5588		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
5589		a great many people.
5590	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
5591		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
5592	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
5593		"fax" mailer.
5594	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
5595		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
5596		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
5597		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
5598		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
5599		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
5600	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
5601		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
5602		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
5603		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
5604		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
5605	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
5606		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
5607		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
5608		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
5609		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
5610		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
5611	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
5612		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
5613		of WPI.
5614	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
5615		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
5616		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5617	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
5618		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
5619		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
5620	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
5621		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
5622		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
5623		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5624	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
5625	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
5626		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
5627		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
5628		by Andreas Luik.
5629	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
5630		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
5631		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5632	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
5633		Wolfhugel.
5634	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
5635	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
5636		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
5637		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
5638		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
5639		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
5640		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
5641		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
5642	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
5643		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
5644		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
5645		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
5646		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
5647	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
5648		Costales.
5649	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5650	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
5651		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
5652	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
5653	NEW FILES:
5654		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
5655		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
5656		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
5657		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
5658		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
5659		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
5660		mailstats/mailstats.8
5661		praliases/praliases.8
5662		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
5663		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
5664		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
5665		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
5666		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
5667		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
5668		cf/ostype/altos.m4
5669		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
5670		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
5671		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
5672		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
5673	DELETED FILES:
5674		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
5675		contrib/xla/README
5676		contrib/xla/xla.c
5677	RENAMED FILES:
5678		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
5679		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
5680		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
5681		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
5682		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
5683
56848.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
5685	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
5686		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
5687		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
5688		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
5689		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
5690	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
5691		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
5692		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
5693
56948.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
5695	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
5696		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
5697		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
5698		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
5699		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
5700		and others.
5701
57028.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
5703	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
5704		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
5705		any user (except root).
5706	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
5707		version number is unchanged.
5708
57098.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
5710	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
5711		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
5712		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5713	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
5714		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
5715		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
5716		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
5717	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
5718		Costales.
5719	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5720		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
5721		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
5722			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
5723			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
5724			Stanford University.
5725	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
5726		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
5727
57288.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
5729	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
5730		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
5731		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
5732	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
5733		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
5734		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
5735		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
5736		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
5737		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
5738		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
5739	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
5740		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
5741		by Kari Hurtta.
5742	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
5743		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
5744		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
5745		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
5746		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
5747		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
5748		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
5749		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
5750		bounces when it should have requeued.
5751	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
5752		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
5753		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
5754		John Hawkinson of Panix.
5755	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
5756		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
5757		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
5758		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
5759		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
5760		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
5761		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
5762		Infobiogen.
5763	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
5764		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
5765		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
5766		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
5767		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
5768	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
5769		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
5770	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
5771		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
5772		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
5773	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
5774		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
5775		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5776	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
5777		underscores.
5778	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
5779		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
5780		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
5781	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
5782		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
5783		included even if the user did not request success notification,
5784		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
5785	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
5786		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
5787		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
5788		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
5789		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
5790	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
5791		Costales of ICSI.
5792	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
5793		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
5794		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
5795	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
5796		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
5797		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
5798		Technological University.
5799	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
5800		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
5801		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
5802		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5803	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
5804		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
5805	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
5806		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
5807	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
5808		to have the database format of the alias files without the
5809		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
5810		Inc.
5811	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
5812		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
5813		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
5814	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
5815		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
5816		University.
5817	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
5818		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
5819		Association for Progressive Communications.
5820	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
5821		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
5822		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
5823		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
5824		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
5825		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
5826		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
5827		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
5828	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
5829		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
5830		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
5831		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
5832	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
5833		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
5834		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
5835		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
5836		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
5837		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
5838	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5839		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
5840			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
5841			James B. Davis of TCI.
5842		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
5843			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
5844		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
5845			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
5846			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
5847			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
5848			isn't supported on all compilers.
5849		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
5850	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
5851		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
5852	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
5853		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
5854	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
5855		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
5856		(France).
5857	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
5858		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
5859	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
5860		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
5861		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
5862	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
5863		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
5864		for different files.
5865	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
5866		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
5867		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5868	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
5869		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
5870		changes).
5871
58728.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
5873	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
5874		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
5875		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
5876		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
5877	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
5878		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
5879		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
5880		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
5881		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
5882		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5883	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
5884		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
5885		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
5886		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
5887		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
5888		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
5889		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
5890		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
5891		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
5892		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
5893	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
5894		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
5895		results.  This could have security implications.
5896	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
5897		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
5898		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
5899	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
5900		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
5901		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
5902		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
5903		Elz.
5904	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
5905		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
5906	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
5907		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
5908		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
5909		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
5910		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
5911		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
5912		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
5913		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
5914		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
5915		domain names are your friends.
5916	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
5917		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
5918	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
5919		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
5920	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
5921		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
5922		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
5923		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
5924		of TerraNet.
5925	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
5926		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
5927		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
5928		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
5929		of WPI.
5930	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5931		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
5932			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
5933			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
5934			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
5935			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
5936		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
5937			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
5938		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
5939		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
5940		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
5941			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
5942	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
5943		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
5944		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5945	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
5946		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
5947		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5948	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
5949		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
5950		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
5951		Infobiogen (France).
5952	NEW FILES:
5953		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
5954		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
5955		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
5956
59578.7/8.7		1995/09/16
5958	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
5959		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
5960		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
5961		Global Communications.
5962	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
5963		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
5964	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
5965		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
5966		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
5967		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
5968		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5969	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
5970		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
5971		can be confusing.
5972	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
5973		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
5974	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
5975		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
5976	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
5977		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
5978		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
5979		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
5980		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
5981		Maryland.
5982	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
5983		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
5984		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
5985		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
5986		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
5987	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
5988		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
5989		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
5990		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
5991		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
5992	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
5993		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
5994	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
5995		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
5996		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
5997		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5998	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
5999		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6000		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6001		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6002		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6003		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6004		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6005		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6006		Swarthmore University.
6007	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6008		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6009		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6010		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6011			ruleset.
6012		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6013		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6014			-d debug flag.
6015		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6016		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6017		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6018		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6019			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6020			and the parsed address.
6021		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6022			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6023		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6024			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6025			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6026			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6027			recipients.
6028		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6029			return the result.
6030		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6031			`mapname' and return the result.
6032	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6033		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6034	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6035		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6036		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6037		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6038		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6039		that functionality.
6040	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6041		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6042		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6043		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6044		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6045		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6046	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6047		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6048		of Michigan Technological University.
6049	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6050		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6051		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6052		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6053		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6054		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6055		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6056		or not.
6057	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6058		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6059		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6060		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6061		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6062		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6063		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6064	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6065		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6066		should have minimal impact on external function.
6067	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6068		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6069			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6070		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6071			7	SevenBitInput
6072			8	EightBitMode
6073			A	AliasFile
6074			a	AliasWait
6075			B	BlankSub
6076			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6077			C	CheckpointInterval
6078			c	HoldExpensive
6079			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6080			d	DeliveryMode
6081			E	ErrorHeader
6082			e	ErrorMode
6083			f	SaveFromLine
6084			F	TempFileMode
6085			G	MatchGECOS
6086			H	HelpFile
6087			h	MaxHopCount
6088			i	IgnoreDots
6089			I	ResolverOptions
6090			J	ForwardPath
6091			j	SendMimeErrors
6092			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6093			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6094			L	LogLevel
6095			l	UseErrorsTo
6096			m	MeToo
6097			n	CheckAliases
6098			O	DaemonPortOptions
6099			o	OldStyleHeaders
6100			P	PostmasterCopy
6101			p	PrivacyOptions
6102			Q	QueueDirectory
6103			q	QueueFactor
6104			R	DontPruneRoutes
6105			r, T	Timeout
6106			S	StatusFile
6107			s	SuperSafe
6108			t	TimeZoneSpec
6109			u	DefaultUser
6110			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6111			V	FallbackMXHost
6112			v	Verbose
6113			w	TryNullMXList
6114			x	QueueLA
6115			X	RefuseLA
6116			Y	ForkEachJob
6117			y	RecipientFactor
6118			z	ClassFactor
6119			Z	RetryFactor
6120		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6121		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6122			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6123			$l	UnixFromLine
6124			$o	OperatorChars
6125			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6126		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6127		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6128		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6129		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6130	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6131		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6132		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6133		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6134		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6135		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6136		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6137		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6138		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6139		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6140	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6141		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6142		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6143			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6144			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6145		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6146			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6147			recipient mailer flags.
6148		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6149		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6150			delivery.
6151		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6152		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6153		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6154		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6155		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6156		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6157			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6158			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6159			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6160		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6161		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6162		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6163	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6164		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6165		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6166		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6167		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6168		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6169		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6170		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6171		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6172		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6173		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6174		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6175		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6176		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6177		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6178		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6179			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6180			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6181		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6182			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6183		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6184			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6185			flag is ignored.
6186		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6187			the setting of F=8.
6188	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6189		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6190		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6191		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6192	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6193		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6194		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6195		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6196	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6197		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6198		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6199		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6200	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6201		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6202		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6203		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6204		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6205		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6206		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6207		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6208	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6209		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6210		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6211		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6212		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6213		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6214		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6215		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6216		Unicom.
6217	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6218		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6219	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6220		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6221		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6222		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6223		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6224		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6225		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6226		from Chip Rosenthal.
6227	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6228		For example,
6229		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6230		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6231		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6232		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6233		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6234		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6235	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6236		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6237		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6238		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6239		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6240		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6241		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6242		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6243		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6244		contribution was to make it configurable).
6245	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6246		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6247		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6248		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6249		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6250		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6251	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6252		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6253		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6254		I/O redirection.
6255	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6256		can be confusing.
6257	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6258		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6259		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6260	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6261	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6262		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6263		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6264		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6265		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6266		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6267		queue-only.
6268	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6269		:include: and .forward files.
6270	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6271		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6272		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6273		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6274		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6275	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6276		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6277	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6278		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6279		Sun Microsystems.
6280	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6281		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6282		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6283		Hutton of Indiana University.
6284	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6285		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6286		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6287		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6288		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6289		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6290	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6291		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6292		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6293		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6294		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6295		as comments.
6296	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6297		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6298		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6299		are from sysexits.h.
6300	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6301		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6302		    Kmap1 ...
6303		    Kmap2 ...
6304		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6305		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6306		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6307		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6308	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6309		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6310		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6311		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6312		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6313		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6314		    Ksample switch hosts
6315		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6316		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6317		equivalent to
6318		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6319		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6320	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6321		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6322		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6323		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6324		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6325	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6326		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6327		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6328	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6329		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6330		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6331		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6332	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6333		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6334		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6335		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6336		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6337		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6338		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6339		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6340		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6341	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6342		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6343		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6344		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6345		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6346	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6347		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6348		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6349		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6350		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6351		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6352		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6353	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6354		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6355		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6356		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6357		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6358		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6359	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6360		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6361		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6362		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6363		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6364		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6365		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6366	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6367		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6368		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6369	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6370		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6371		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6372		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6373	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6374		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6375		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6376		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6377		much longer than the specified timeout.
6378	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6379		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6380		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6381		denial-of-service attack.
6382	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6383		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6384		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6385	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6386		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6387		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6388		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6389		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6390		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6391		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6392		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6393		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6394		actually file lookups.
6395	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6396		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6397		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6398		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6399	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6400		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6401		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6402		support for them has been removed.
6403	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6404		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6405		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6406	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6407		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6408		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6409		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6410	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6411		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6412		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6413	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6414		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6415		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6416	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6417		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6418		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6419	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6420		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6421		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6422	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6423		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6424		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6425		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6426		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6427		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6428		Microsystems.
6429	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6430		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6431		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6432		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6433		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6434		option can give the network software time to establish
6435		the link.  The default units are seconds.
6436	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
6437		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
6438		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
6439		Defense Information Systems Agency.
6440	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
6441		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
6442		the National Computer Security Center.
6443	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
6444		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
6445		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
6446		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
6447		the mailprio scripts (see below).
6448	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
6449		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
6450		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
6451		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
6452		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
6453		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
6454		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
6455		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
6456		University Computing Service.
6457	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
6458		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
6459		the University of Kentucky.
6460	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
6461		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
6462		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
6463	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
6464		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
6465	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
6466		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
6467		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
6468		Corporation.
6469	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
6470		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
6471		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
6472		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
6473	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
6474		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
6475		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
6476		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
6477		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
6478		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
6479		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
6480	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
6481		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
6482		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
6483	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
6484		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
6485		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
6486		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
6487	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
6488		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
6489		Communications.
6490	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
6491		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
6492		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
6493		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
6494		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
6495	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
6496		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
6497		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
6498		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
6499		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
6500	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
6501		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6502	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
6503		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
6504		on values:
6505		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
6506					message will be passed on even
6507					though it is in technically
6508					illegal syntax.
6509		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
6510					recipients that it can find from
6511					the envelope.  This risks exposing
6512					Bcc: recipients.
6513		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
6514					has almost no redeeming social value,
6515					and is provided only for back
6516					compatibility.
6517		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
6518					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
6519					which will have the effect of
6520					making the message legal without
6521					exposing Bcc: recipients.
6522		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
6523					There is a chance that mailers down
6524					the line will delete this header,
6525					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
6526					recipients.
6527		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
6528	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
6529		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
6530		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
6531		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
6532		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
6533	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
6534		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
6535		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
6536		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
6537		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
6538		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
6539		For example, if you run with
6540			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
6541		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
6542		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
6543		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
6544		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
6545	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
6546		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
6547			list: member1
6548			list: member2
6549		and an alias file declared as:
6550			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
6551		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
6552		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
6553		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6554	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
6555	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
6556		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
6557		Johannesen.
6558	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
6559		to be simpler and more consistent.
6560	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
6561		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
6562		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
6563		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6564	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
6565		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
6566		This may affect some people who have written their own
6567		checkcompat() routine.
6568	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
6569		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
6570		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
6571	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
6572		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
6573		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
6574		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
6575	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
6576		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
6577		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
6578		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
6579		Corporation.
6580	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
6581		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
6582		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
6583		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
6584		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
6585		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
6586		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
6587		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
6588	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
6589		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
6590		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
6591	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
6592		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
6593		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6594	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
6595		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
6596		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
6597	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
6598		the header.
6599	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6600	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
6601		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
6602		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6603	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
6604		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
6605		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
6606		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
6607		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
6608		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
6609	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
6610		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
6611		is added between the first and second word of the first
6612		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
6613		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
6614		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
6615		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
6616		old sendmails understand.
6617	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
6618		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
6619	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
6620		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
6621		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
6622		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
6623		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
6624		data -- for example,
6625		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
6626					(romanized/less information)
6627		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
6628					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
6629					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
6630		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
6631					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
6632		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
6633		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
6634	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
6635		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
6636		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
6637		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
6638		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
6639		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
6640		Eric Prestemon of American University.
6641	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
6642		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
6643		increment on the background value).
6644	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
6645		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
6646		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6647	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
6648		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
6649		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
6650	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
6651		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
6652		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
6653		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
6654		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
6655	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
6656		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
6657		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
6658		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
6659		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
6660		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
6661		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
6662		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
6663		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
6664	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
6665		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
6666		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
6667		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
6668		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
6669		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
6670		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
6671	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
6672		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
6673		service type is "files".
6674	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
6675		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
6676		into class "c".
6677	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
6678		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
6679		contributed by SunSoft.
6680	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
6681		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
6682		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
6683		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
6684		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
6685		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
6686		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
6687		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
6688		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
6689		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
6690	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
6691		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
6692		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
6693		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6694	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
6695		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
6696		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
6697		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
6698		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
6699		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
6700		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6701	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
6702		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
6703	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
6704		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
6705		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6706	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
6707		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
6708		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
6709		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
6710		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
6711		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
6712		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
6713		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
6714		flags.
6715	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
6716		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
6717		Motonori Nakamura.
6718	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
6719		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
6720		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
6721		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
6722		of MIT.
6723	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
6724		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
6725	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
6726		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
6727		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
6728		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
6729		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
6730		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
6731		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
6732		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
6733		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
6734	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
6735		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
6736		the make.
6737	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
6738		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
6739		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
6740		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
6741	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
6742		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
6743		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
6744		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
6745		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
6746		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
6747	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
6748		of Sun Microsystems.
6749	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
6750		is at least 50% faster.
6751	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
6752		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
6753		University.
6754	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
6755		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6756	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
6757		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
6758		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
6759		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
6760	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
6761		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
6762		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
6763	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
6764		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
6765		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
6766		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
6767		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
6768		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
6769	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
6770		Carnegie Mellon.
6771	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
6772		support.
6773	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
6774		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
6775		Global Information Solutions.
6776	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
6777		From Motonori Nakamura.
6778	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
6779		Motonori Nakamura.
6780	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
6781		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
6782	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
6783		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
6784		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
6785		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
6786		James of British Telecom.
6787	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
6788		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
6789	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
6790		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
6791		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
6792		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
6793		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
6794		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
6795		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
6796	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
6797		a bad guy can read your private files.
6798	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6799		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
6800		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
6801			University.  This expands the disk size
6802			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
6803		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
6804			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
6805		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
6806			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
6807		Linux Makefile typo.
6808		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
6809			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
6810		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
6811			University, Chico.
6812		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
6813			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
6814			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
6815			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
6816			This requires adaptation of code that really
6817			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
6818			addresses or nameserver fields.''
6819		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
6820			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
6821		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
6822			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
6823		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
6824			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
6825			problems.
6826		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
6827			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
6828			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
6829		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
6830			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
6831		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
6832			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
6833		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
6834			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
6835			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
6836			Wemm of DIALix.
6837		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
6838			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
6839			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
6840			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
6841			of Ohio State University.
6842		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
6843			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
6844			University.
6845		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
6846			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
6847			Mainz.
6848		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
6849		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
6850			wrong statfs call).
6851		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
6852		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
6853			University.
6854		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
6855		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
6856			Rochester Medical Center.
6857		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
6858			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
6859			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
6860			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
6861			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
6862		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
6863			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
6864			Division.
6865		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
6866			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
6867		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
6868			Durand of I.M.A.G.
6869		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
6870			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
6871		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
6872		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
6873			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
6874		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
6875		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6876		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
6877		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
6878		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
6879			of Meteo France.
6880		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
6881		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
6882		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
6883		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
6884		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
6885		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
6886		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
6887		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
6888		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
6889		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
6890			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
6891		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
6892			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
6893		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
6894			of Colorado.
6895		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
6896	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
6897		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
6898		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
6899	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
6900		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
6901		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
6902		on the file, but it should be quite small.
6903	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
6904		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
6905		giving the local administrator more control over what
6906		programs can be run from sendmail.
6907	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
6908		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
6909		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
6910		never will.
6911	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
6912		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
6913		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
6914	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
6915		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
6916		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
6917		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
6918		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6919	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
6920		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
6921	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
6922		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
6923		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
6924		arbitrary directory -- use either:
6925			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
6926		or
6927			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
6928		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
6929		can use:
6930			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
6931		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
6932		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
6933		compatibility.
6934	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
6935		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
6936	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
6937		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6938	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
6939		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
6940		County.
6941	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
6942	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
6943		just unqualified ones.
6944	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
6945		was never used and didn't work anyway.
6946	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
6947		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
6948	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
6949		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
6950		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
6951		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
6952		centralized hub.
6953	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
6954	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
6955		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
6956		this is expected to be another sendmail.
6957	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
6958		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
6959		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
6960		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
6961		Rosenthal of Unicom.
6962	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
6963		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
6964		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
6965	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
6966		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
6967		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
6968		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
6969		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
6970		but it is a no-op.
6971	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
6972		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
6973		as User Unknown.
6974	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
6975		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
6976		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
6977		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
6978	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
6979		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
6980		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
6981	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
6982		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
6983		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
6984		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
6985	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
6986		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
6987		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
6988	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
6989	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
6990		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
6991	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
6992		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
6993		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
6994		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
6995	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
6996		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
6997		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
6998		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
6999		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7000		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7001		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7002		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7003	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7004		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7005		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7006		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7007		assumed.
7008	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7009		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7010		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7011		Information Systems Agency.
7012	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7013		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7014		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7015	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7016		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7017		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7018		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7019		that really can be used in the real world.
7020	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7021		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7022		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7023	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7024		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7025	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7026		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7027		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7028		by Scott Hutton.
7029	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7030		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7031	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7032		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7033		people.
7034	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7035		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7036	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7037		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7038		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7039	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7040		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7041		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7042	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7043		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7044		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7045		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7046	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7047		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7048		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7049		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7050		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7051		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7052	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7053		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7054		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7055	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7056		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7057		by Kimmo Suominen.
7058	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7059		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7060		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7061	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7062		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7063	NEW FILES:
7064		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7065		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7066		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7067		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7068		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7069		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7070		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7071		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7072		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7073		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7074		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7075		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7076		cf/domain/generic.m4
7077		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7078		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7079		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7080		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7081		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7082		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7083		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7084		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7085		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7086		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7087		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7088		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7089		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7090		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7091		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7092		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7093		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7094		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7095		contrib/bsdi.mc
7096		contrib/mailprio
7097		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7098		mail.local/mail.local.0
7099		makemap/makemap.0
7100		smrsh/README
7101		smrsh/smrsh.0
7102		smrsh/smrsh.8
7103		smrsh/smrsh.c
7104		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7105		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7106		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7107		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7108		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7109		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7110		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7111		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7112		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7113		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7114		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7115		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7116		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7117		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7118		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7119		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7120		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7121		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7122		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7123		src/aliases.0
7124		src/mailq.0
7125		src/mime.c
7126		src/newaliases.0
7127		src/sendmail.0
7128		test/t_seteuid.c
7129	RENAMED FILES:
7130		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7131		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7132		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7133		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7134		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7135		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7136		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7137		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7138		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7139		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7140		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7141		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7142		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7143		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7144		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7145		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7146		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7147		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7148		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7149		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7150		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7151	OBSOLETED FILES:
7152		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7153		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7154		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7155		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7156		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7157		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7158		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7159		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7160		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7161		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7162		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7163		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7164		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7165
71668.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7167	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7168		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7169		any user (except root).
7170	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7171		version number is unchanged.
7172
71738.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7174	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7175		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7176		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7177		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7178		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7179		each other!).
7180	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7181		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7182		than fork().
7183
71848.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7185	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7186		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7187	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7188		message when attempted from IDENT.
7189	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7190		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7191		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7192		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7193	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7194		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7195		partial lines.
7196	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7197		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7198		Rob McMahon.
7199	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7200		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7201		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7202		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7203	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7204		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7205		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7206		Novell Labs Europe.
7207	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7208		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7209		Cal State Chico.
7210	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7211		*Hobbit*.
7212	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7213		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7214	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7215		from Spider Boardman.
7216	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7217		with the binaries).
7218
72198.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7220	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7221		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7222	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7223		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7224		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7225		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7226		implications.
7227	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7228		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7229		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7230		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7231	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7232		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7233		University of Texas.
7234	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7235		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7236		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7237		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7238	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7239		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7240		Data General.
7241	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7242		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7243		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7244	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7245		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7246		with a lot of arguments).
7247	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7248		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7249		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7250		Michigan.
7251	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7252		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7253		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7254		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7255		Thibault.
7256	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7257		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7258		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7259		some of the map code.
7260	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7261		with the binaries).
7262
72638.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7264	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7265		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7266		may have some security implications.
7267	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7268		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7269		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7270	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7271		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7272	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7273		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7274	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7275	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7276		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7277		option.
7278	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7279		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7280		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7281		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7282		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7283		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7284		Rochester.
7285	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7286		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7287		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7288	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7289		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7290		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7291	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7292		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7293		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7294	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7295		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7296		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7297		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7298		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7299		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7300		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7301		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7302		messages.
7303	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7304		message to explain how much space was available and
7305		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7306		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7307	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7308		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7309		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7310		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7311		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7312		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7313		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7314		Kapor Enterprises.
7315	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7316		without recompiling.
7317	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7318		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7319		purely cosmetic.
7320	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7321		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7322		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7323	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7324		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7325		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7326		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7327		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7328		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7329		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7330	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7331		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7332		Wolfhugel.
7333	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7334		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7335		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7336		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7337		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7338		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7339		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7340		size around and can never start listening to connections
7341		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7342		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7343		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7344		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7345		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7346		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7347		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7348		implications.
7349	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7350		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7351	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7352		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7353		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7354	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7355		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7356		information.
7357	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7358		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7359		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7360		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7361		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7362		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7363		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7364	Portability fixes:
7365		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7366		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7367		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7368		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7369		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7370		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7371			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7372		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7373			Corporation.
7374		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7375		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7376			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7377		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7378	New Files:
7379		src/Makefile.CLIX
7380		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7381		doc/changes/Makefile
7382		doc/changes/changes.me
7383		doc/changes/changes.ps
7384
73858.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7386	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7387		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7388		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7389
73908.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7391	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7392		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7393		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7394		list.
7395
73968.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7397	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7398		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7399		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7400		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7401		valid shell.
7402	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7403		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7404		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7405		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7406		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7407		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7408	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7409		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7410		from a local user to another local user.  From
7411		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7412	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7413		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7414		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7415	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7416		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7417		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7418		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7419		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7420		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7421		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7422		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7423		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7424	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7425		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7426		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7427	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7428		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7429		BSD-like system.
7430	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7431		protocol entirely.
7432	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7433		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7434		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
7435		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
7436		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
7437	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
7438	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
7439		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
7440		files.
7441	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
7442		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
7443		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
7444	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
7445		of CMU.
7446	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
7447		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
7448		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
7449	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
7450		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
7451		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
7452		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
7453	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
7454		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
7455		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
7456		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
7457		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
7458		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
7459	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
7460		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
7461	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
7462		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
7463		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
7464		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
7465		Motonori Nakamura.
7466	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
7467		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
7468		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
7469	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
7470		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
7471		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
7472		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
7473	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
7474		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
7475		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7476	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
7477		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
7478		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
7479	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
7480		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
7481		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
7482		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
7483	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
7484		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
7485		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
7486		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7487	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
7488		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
7489		didn't see the class items being added.
7490	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
7491		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
7492		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
7493		Rutgers.
7494	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
7495		but sets h_errno to a success value.
7496	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
7497		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
7498		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
7499		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
7500		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
7501		the problem myself.
7502	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
7503		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
7504		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
7505		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
7506	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
7507		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
7508		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
7509		UUNET.
7510	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
7511		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
7512		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
7513		John Oleynick.
7514	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
7515		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
7516		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
7517	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
7518		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
7519		Nakamura.
7520	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
7521		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
7522		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
7523		University of Washington.
7524	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
7525		don't have an ``=value'' part.
7526	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
7527		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
7528		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
7529		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
7530		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
7531		of Cambridge University.
7532	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
7533		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
7534		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
7535	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
7536		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
7537		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
7538	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
7539		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
7540		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
7541		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
7542		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
7543		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
7544		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
7545		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
7546		a chance.
7547	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
7548		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
7549	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
7550		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
7551		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
7552		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
7553		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
7554		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
7555		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
7556		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
7557	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
7558		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
7559	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
7560	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
7561		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
7562		size for various mailers.
7563	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
7564		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
7565		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7566	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
7567		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
7568		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
7569	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
7570	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
7571		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
7572		system.
7573	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
7574		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
7575		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
7576	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
7577		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
7578		Michel of Thomson CSF.
7579	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
7580		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
7581		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
7582		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
7583		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
7584		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
7585		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
7586		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
7587		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
7588		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
7589		University of Sydney.
7590	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
7591		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
7592		This is because of the known bug where definition of
7593		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
7594		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
7595	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
7596		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
7597		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
7598		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
7599		Suominen.
7600	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
7601		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
7602		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
7603		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
7604	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
7605		Suominen.
7606	Portability fixes:
7607		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
7608		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7609		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
7610		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
7611		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
7612		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7613		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
7614		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
7615		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
7616	NEW FILES:
7617		src/Makefile.DomainOS
7618		src/Makefile.PTX
7619		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
7620		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
7621		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7622		src/mailq.1
7623		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
7624		doc/op/Makefile
7625		doc/intro/Makefile
7626		doc/usenix/Makefile
7627
76288.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
7629	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
7630		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
7631		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
7632	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
7633		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
7634		permissions they should not have had (usually group
7635		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
7636		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
7637	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
7638		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
7639		Although this does not respond to a specific known
7640		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
7641		Christian Wettergren.
7642	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
7643		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
7644		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
7645		program by putting that in their .forward file.
7646		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
7647		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
7648		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
7649		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
7650		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
7651		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
7652		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
7653		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
7654		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
7655		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
7656	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
7657		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
7658		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
7659		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
7660	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
7661		connection to create problems on the current job.
7662		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
7663		the wrong place.
7664	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
7665		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
7666		problem that ignored the load average in locally
7667		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7668	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
7669		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
7670	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
7671		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
7672		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
7673	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
7674		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
7675		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
7676		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
7677		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
7678	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
7679		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
7680		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
7681	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
7682		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
7683		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
7684	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
7685		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
7686	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
7687		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
7688		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
7689		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
7690	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
7691		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
7692		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
7693	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
7694		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
7695		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
7696	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
7697		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
7698		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
7699	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
7700		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
7701		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
7702		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
7703		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
7704		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
7705	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
7706		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
7707		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
7708		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
7709	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
7710		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
7711		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
7712		dot convention.
7713	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
7714		of from a clean exit.
7715	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
7716		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
7717		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
7718	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
7719		as the subject of an error message, even though the
7720		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
7721		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
7722	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
7723		Jones of UUNET.
7724	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
7725		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
7726		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
7727		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
7728	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
7729		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
7730		says that they should be ignored.
7731	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
7732		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
7733		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
7734		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
7735		is not reentrant.
7736	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
7737		documented in the Bat Book.
7738	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
7739		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
7740		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
7741		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
7742	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
7743		code during some parts of connection initialization.
7744		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
7745		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
7746		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
7747	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
7748		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7749	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
7750		of Kyoto University.
7751	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
7752		From P{r Emanuelsson.
7753	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
7754		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
7755	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
7756		Bryan Costales.
7757	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
7758		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
7759	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
7760		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
7761		Nakamura.
7762	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
7763		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
7764		illegal addresses appearing there).
7765	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
7766		BB&N.
7767	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
7768		included.
7769	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
7770		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
7771	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
7772		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
7773		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
7774		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
7775	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
7776		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
7777	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
7778		by the other end closing the connection.  From
7779		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
7780	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
7781		to include a host name or other useful information.
7782	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
7783		DeMarco.
7784	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
7785		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
7786		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
7787		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
7788		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
7789	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
7790		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
7791	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
7792		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
7793		this properly).
7794	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
7795		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
7796		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
7797	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
7798		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
7799		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
7800		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
7801		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
7802		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
7803		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
7804		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
7805	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
7806		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
7807		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
7808		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
7809		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
7810		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
7811		of the Institute for Global Communications.
7812	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
7813		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
7814		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
7815		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
7816	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
7817		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
7818	Portability fixes for:
7819		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
7820		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
7821		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
7822		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
7823		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
7824			of Stoner Associates.
7825		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
7826		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
7827			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
7828			of Maryland.
7829		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
7830		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7831		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
7832		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
7833		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
7834		RISC/os.
7835		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
7836			at Chico.
7837		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
7838		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
7839		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
7840			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
7841			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
7842	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
7843		since this is intended only for internal use, the
7844		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
7845		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
7846		addresses when relaying internally.
7847	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
7848		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
7849		provided by Peter Wemm.
7850	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
7851		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
7852		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
7853	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
7854		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
7855	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
7856		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
7857		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
7858		names.
7859	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
7860		rather than letting them get "local configuration
7861		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
7862	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
7863		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
7864		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
7865		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
7866		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
7867	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
7868		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
7869	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
7870	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
7871		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
7872		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
7873		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
7874		of Georgia Tech.
7875	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
7876		Jim Murray of Stratus.
7877	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
7878		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
7879		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
7880		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
7881		the local name prepended.
7882	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
7883	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
7884	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
7885		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
7886	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
7887		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
7888		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
7889	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
7890		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
7891			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
7892		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
7893			:include: files and accounts that have shells
7894			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
7895			cause some .forward files that have worked
7896			before to start failing.
7897		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
7898	NEW FILES:
7899		src/Makefile.DGUX
7900		src/Makefile.Dynix
7901		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
7902		src/Makefile.Mach386
7903		src/Makefile.NetBSD
7904		src/Makefile.RISCos
7905		src/Makefile.SCO
7906		src/Makefile.SVR4
7907		src/Makefile.Titan
7908		cf/mailer/pop.m4
7909		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
7910		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
7911		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
7912		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
7913		makemap/Makefile.dist
7914		praliases/Makefile.dist
7915
79168.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
7917	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
7918		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
7919		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
7920	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
7921		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
7922		class of attack.
7923	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
7924		in a few critical places.
7925	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
7926		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
7927		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
7928		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
7929		and High-Energy Physics.
7930	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
7931		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
7932		Eric Wassenaar.
7933	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
7934		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
7935		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
7936		Wassenaar.
7937	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
7938		really become relevant in the next release, but some
7939		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
7940		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
7941	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
7942		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
7943		these can have different values depending on which
7944		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7945	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
7946		what uid/gid processes ran as.
7947	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
7948		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
7949		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
7950		postmaster" case.
7951	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
7952	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
7953		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
7954	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
7955		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
7956		Christopher Davis.
7957	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
7958		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
7959		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
7960		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7961	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
7962		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7963
79648.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
7965	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
7966		addresses that get return-receipts.
7967	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
7968		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
7969		and end up sending the message several times.
7970	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
7971		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
7972		four hours".
7973	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
7974		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
7975		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
7976		Cornell University Medical College.
7977	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
7978		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
7979		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
7980		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
7981		Wassenaar.
7982	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
7983		connections fail during message collection.  From
7984		Eric Wassenaar.
7985	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
7986		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
7987		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
7988		Stratus.
7989	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
7990		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
7991		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7992	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
7993		by non-root users were not put into
7994		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
7995		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
7996		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
7997	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
7998		could get confused as to whether a database was
7999		open or not.
8000	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8001		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8002		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8003		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8004		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8005	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8006		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8007		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8008	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8009
80108.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8011	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8012	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8013		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8014		propagated to the queue file.
8015
80168.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8017	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8018		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8019	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8020		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8021		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8022		header files but don't have the syscall.
8023	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8024		if trymx == FALSE.
8025	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8026		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8027		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8028		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8029	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8030		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8031	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8032		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8033		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8034		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8035		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8036		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8037		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8038	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8039		Kanbe.
8040	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8041		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8042		Wisner of The Well.
8043	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8044		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8045	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8046		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8047		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8048		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8049		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8050		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8051		read permission.
8052	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8053		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8054		MX suppression will still work.
8055	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8056		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8057		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8058		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8059	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8060		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8061		Nakamura.
8062	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8063		"CX $Z" works.
8064	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8065		trying to send the original message if the connection
8066		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8067		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8068		by John Myers of CMU.
8069	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8070		term bug.
8071	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8072		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8073		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8074		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8075		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8076		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8077	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8078	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8079		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8080	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8081		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8082		level.
8083	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8084		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8085		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8086		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8087		address.
8088	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8089		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8090		Harvey Mudd College.
8091	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8092		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8093		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8094		their full name information.
8095	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8096		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8097		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8098	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8099		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8100	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8101		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8102		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8103		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8104	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8105		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8106		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8107		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8108	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8109		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8110		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8111		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8112		names.
8113	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8114		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8115		helpful.
8116	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8117		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8118		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8119		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8120	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8121		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8122		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8123	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8124		that claims to be itself works properly.
8125	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8126		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8127		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8128		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8129	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8130		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8131		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8132	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8133		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8134		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8135		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8136		scratch.
8137	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8138		true address to still send to the original address
8139		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8140		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8141		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8142	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8143		more trouble than it was worth.
8144	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8145		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8146		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8147	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8148		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8149		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8150	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8151		the queue.
8152	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8153		messages don't come out with stale information.
8154	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8155		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8156	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8157		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8158		Myers of CMU.
8159	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8160		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8161		Corrigan.
8162	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8163		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8164		sender address.
8165	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8166	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8167	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8168		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8169		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8170		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8171		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8172		that does bulk data transfer).
8173	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8174		Amir Plivatsky.
8175	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8176		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8177		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8178		bogus config files that were not caught.
8179	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8180		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8181	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8182		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8183		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8184	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8185		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8186	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8187		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8188		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8189		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8190	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8191		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8192	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8193		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8194	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8195		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8196	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8197		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8198		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8199		Melbourne.
8200	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8201		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8202		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8203		to match regular entries.
8204	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8205		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8206	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8207		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8208	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8209		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8210		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8211	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8212		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8213		messages is the best possible.
8214	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8215		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8216		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8217	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8218		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8219	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8220		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8221	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8222		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8223	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8224	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8225		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8226		on the address.
8227	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8228		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8229		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8230		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8231		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8232	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8233	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8234	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8235		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8236		addresses in any detail.
8237	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8238		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8239	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8240		with an address such as "!foo".
8241	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8242		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8243		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8244		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8245		Bret Marquis.
8246
82478.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8248	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8249		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8250		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8251		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8252	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8253		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8254		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8255		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8256		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8257		Nakamura.
8258	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8259		are no DNS records matching the name.
8260	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8261		original message was received ... from localhost".
8262		The correct original host information is now included.
8263	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8264		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8265		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8266	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8267		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8268	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8269		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8270		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8271		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8272		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8273		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8274		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8275		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8276
82778.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8278	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8279		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8280		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8281		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8282		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8283		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8284		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8285		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8286		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8287		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8288		UIUC sendmail.
8289	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8290		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8291		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8292		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8293		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8294		by Neil Rickert.
8295	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8296		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8297		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8298		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8299		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8300		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8301		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8302		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8303		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8304		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8305	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8306		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8307		humans.
8308	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8309		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8310	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8311		repaired).
8312	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8313		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8314		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8315		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8316	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8317		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8318		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8319	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8320		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8321		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8322		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8323		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8324	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8325		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8326		core dumps on some machines.
8327	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8328		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8329		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8330		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8331		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8332		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8333		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8334		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8335		some true error conditions.
8336	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8337		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8338		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8339		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8340	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8341		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8342		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8343		by Motonori Nakamura.
8344	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8345		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8346		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8347		a queue run than a direct run.
8348	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8349		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8350		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8351	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8352		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8353		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8354		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8355		restart it.
8356	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8357		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8358		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8359		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8360		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8361		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8362		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8363		is appropriately functional.
8364	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8365		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8366		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8367		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8368	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8369		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8370		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8371		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8372		Technologies.
8373	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8374		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8375		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8376		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8377		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8378		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8379		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8380		things.
8381	Portability changes:
8382		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8383			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8384			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8385			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8386			of Colorado.
8387		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8388			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8389		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8390			Corporation.
8391		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8392			documentation apparently doesn't define
8393			__STDC__ by default).
8394		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8395		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8396			Motonori Nakamura.
8397	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8398	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8399		several people have made a good argument that this
8400		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8401		may prove painful in the short run).
8402	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8403		format.
8404	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8405		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8406		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8407	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8408		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8409		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8410		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8411		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8412	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8413		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8414		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8415		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8416	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8417		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8418		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8419		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8420	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8421		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8422		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8423		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8424		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8425	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8426		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8427
84288.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8429	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8430		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8431		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8432		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8433		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8434		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
8435		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
8436		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
8437		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
8438	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
8439		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
8440		"user friendly".
8441	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
8442		16 bytes/sec.
8443	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
8444		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
8445		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
8446		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
8447		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
8448		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
8449		for quick test cases.
8450	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
8451		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
8452		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
8453		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
8454	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
8455		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
8456		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
8457	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
8458		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
8459		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
8460		From Michael Corrigan.
8461	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
8462		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
8463		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8464	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
8465		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
8466		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
8467	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
8468		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
8469		Christophe Wolfhugel.
8470	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
8471
84728.2/8.2		1993/07/11
8473	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
8474	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
8475		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
8476		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
8477	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
8478	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
8479		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
8480		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
8481		from Bill Wisner.
8482	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
8483		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
8484	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
8485		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
8486		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
8487	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
8488		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
8489		match the other flags in that file.
8490	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
8491	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
8492		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
8493	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
8494		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
8495		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8496	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
8497		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8498	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
8499		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
8500		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
8501	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
8502		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
8503		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8504	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
8505		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
8506		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
8507		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
8508		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
8509	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
8510		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
8511		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
8512		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
8513		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
8514		the root and directories leading up to your home);
8515		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
8516		be owned by you.
8517	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
8518		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
8519		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
8520		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
8521	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
8522	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
8523	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
8524		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
8525		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
8526		is separate; this is just intended to work around
8527		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
8528		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8529	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
8530		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
8531		matching without a null it never tries again with a
8532		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
8533		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
8534		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
8535		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
8536		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
8537		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
8538		it adapts.
8539	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
8540		will insert the appropriate full name information;
8541		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
8542		way.
8543	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
8544		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
8545		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
8546	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
8547		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
8548		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
8549		only happen when there has been another error in the
8550		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
8551		by default in conf.h.
8552	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
8553		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
8554		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
8555		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
8556		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
8557		This output is not intended to be particularly human
8558		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
8559		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
8560	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
8561		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
8562		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
8563		See cf/README for an example.
8564	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
8565		sites that don't use the -d flag.
8566	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
8567		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
8568		has been requested by several people, but can break
8569		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
8570		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
8571		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
8572		broken.  Use it sparingly.
8573	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
8574		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
8575		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
8576	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
8577		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
8578		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
8579		Bill Wisner of The Well.
8580	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
8581		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
8582		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
8583
85848.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
8585	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
8586		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
8587	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
8588		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
8589		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
8590	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
8591
85928.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
8593	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
8594		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
8595		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
8596
85978.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
8598	Another mailertable fix....
8599
86008.1/8.1		1993/06/07
8601	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
8602